Datenblatt für TMS320F28030-35 von Texas Instruments

Datenblatt - Kommentare/Fehler melden

U Ordering & Technical Design a 3 Support 5 o . quahly documentation development (raming ' TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers

1 Features

• High-efficiency 32-bit CPU (TMS320C28x)

– 60 MHz (16.67-ns cycle time)

– 16 × 16 and 32 × 32 MAC operations

– 16 × 16 dual MAC

– Harvard bus architecture

– Atomic operations

– Fast interrupt response and processing

– Unified memory programming model

– Code-efficient (in C/C++ and Assembly)

• Programmable Control Law Accelerator (CLA)

– 32-bit floating-point math accelerator

– Executes code independently of the main CPU

• Endianness: Little endian

• JTAG boundary scan support

– IEEE Standard 1149.1-1990 Standard Test

Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture

• Low cost for both device and system:

– Single 3.3-V supply

– No power sequencing requirement

– Integrated power-on reset and brown-out reset

– Low power

– No analog support pins

• Clocking:

– Two internal zero-pin oscillators

– On-chip crystal oscillator and external clock

input

– Watchdog timer module

– Missing clock detection circuitry

• Up to 45 individually programmable, multiplexed

GPIO pins with input filtering

• Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE) block that

supports all peripheral interrupts

• Three 32-bit CPU timers

• Independent 16-bit timer in each Enhanced Pulse

Width Modulator (ePWM)

• On-chip memory

– Flash, SARAM, OTP, Boot ROM available

• Code-security module

• 128-bit security key and lock

– Protects secure memory blocks

– Prevents firmware reverse engineering

• Serial port peripherals

– One Serial Communications Interface (SCI)

Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter

(UART) module

– Two Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) modules

– One Inter-Integrated-Circuit (I2C) module

– One Local Interconnect Network (LIN) module

– One Enhanced Controller Area Network

(eCAN) module

• Enhanced control peripherals

– ePWM

– High-Resolution PWM (HRPWM)

– Enhanced Capture (eCAP) module

– High-Resolution Input Capture (HRCAP)

module

– Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP)

module

– Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)

– On-chip temperature sensor

– Comparator

• Advanced emulation features

– Analysis and breakpoint functions

– Real-time debug through hardware

• Package options

– 56-Pin RSH Very Thin Quad Flatpack (No lead)

(VQFN)

– 64-Pin PAG Thin Quad Flatpack (TQFP)

– 80-Pin PN Low-Profile Quad Flatpack (LQFP)

• Temperature options

– T: –40°C to 105°C

– S: –40°C to 125°C

– Q: –40°C to 125°C

(AEC Q100 qualification for automotive

applications)

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,

intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA.

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

2 Applications

•Air conditioner outdoor unit

•Door operator drive control

•DC/DC converter

•Inverter & motor control

•On-board (OBC) & wireless charger

•Automated sorting equipment

•Textile machine

•Welding machine

•AC charging (pile) station

•DC charging (pile) station

•EV charging station power module

•Wireless vehicle charging module

•Energy storage power conversion system (PCS)

•Micro inverter

•Solar power optimizer

•String inverter

•AC drive control module

•Linear motor segment controller

•Servo drive power stage module

•AC-input BLDC motor drive

•DC-input BLDC motor drive

•Industrial AC-DC

•Three phase UPS

•Merchant network & server PSU

•Merchant telecom rectifiers

3 Description

C2000™ 32-bit microcontrollers are optimized for processing, sensing, and actuation to improve closed-loop

performance in real-time control applications such as industrial motor drives; solar inverters and digital power;

electrical vehicles and transportation; motor control; and sensing and signal processing. The C2000 line includes

the Premium performance MCUs and the Entry performance MCUs.

The F2803x family of microcontrollers provides the power of the C28x core and Control Law Accelerator (CLA)

coupled with highly integrated control peripherals in low pin-count devices. This family is code-compatible with

previous C28x-based code, and also provides a high level of analog integration.

An internal voltage regulator allows for single-rail operation. Enhancements have been made to the HRPWM

to allow for dual-edge control (frequency modulation). Analog comparators with internal 10-bit references have

been added and can be routed directly to control the PWM outputs. The ADC converts from 0 to 3.3-V fixed

full-scale range and supports ratio-metric VREFHI/VREFLO references. The ADC interface has been optimized for

low overhead and latency.

To learn more about the C2000 MCUs, visit the C2000™ real-time control MCUs page.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Device Information

PART NUMBER(1) PACKAGE BODY SIZE

TMS320F28035PN LQFP (80) 12.0 mm × 12.0 mm

TMS320F28034PN LQFP (80) 12.0 mm × 12.0 mm

TMS320F28033PN LQFP (80) 12.0 mm × 12.0 mm

TMS320F28032PN LQFP (80) 12.0 mm × 12.0 mm

TMS320F28031PN LQFP (80) 12.0 mm × 12.0 mm

TMS320F28030PN LQFP (80) 12.0 mm × 12.0 mm

TMS320F28035PAG TQFP (64) 10.0 mm × 10.0 mm

TMS320F28034PAG TQFP (64) 10.0 mm × 10.0 mm

TMS320F28033PAG TQFP (64) 10.0 mm × 10.0 mm

TMS320F28032PAG TQFP (64) 10.0 mm × 10.0 mm

TMS320F28031PAG TQFP (64) 10.0 mm × 10.0 mm

TMS320F28030PAG TQFP (64) 10.0 mm × 10.0 mm

TMS320F28035RSH VQFN (56) 7.0 mm × 7.0 mm

TMS320F28034RSH VQFN (56) 7.0 mm × 7.0 mm

TMS320F28033RSH VQFN (56) 7.0 mm × 7.0 mm

TMS320F28032RSH VQFN (56) 7.0 mm × 7.0 mm

TMS320F28031RSH VQFN (56) 7.0 mm × 7.0 mm

TMS320F28030RSH VQFN (56) 7.0 mm × 7.0 mm

(1) For more information on these devices, see Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS comm comm coMPz w+++§HM+4 H¢HHI+|

3.1 Functional Block Diagram

The Functional Block Diagram shows the functional block diagram for the device.

3 External Interrupts

SARAM 1K × 16

(0-wait)

16-Bit Peripheral Bus

SPISTEx

SARAM 1K × 16

(0-wait)

eCAN

(32-mail

box)

SCI

(4L FIFO)

ePWM

SPI

(4L FIFO)

I2C

(4L FIFO) LIN

HRPWM

32-Bit Peripheral Bus

GPIO MUX

C28x

32-Bit CPU

A7:0

B7:0

PIE

CPU Timer 0

CPU Timer 1

CPU Timer 2

TCK

TDI

TMS

TDO

TRST

OSC1,

OSC2,

Ext,

PLL,

LPM,

XCLKIN

XRS

32-Bit Peripheral Bus

(CLA-Accessible)

eCAP

ECA Px

EPW MxA

EPW MxB

CA N TXx

CAN RXx

SDA x

SC L x

SPISIMO x

SPISOM Ix

SPIC LKx

COMP1OUT

SCI R XDx

GPIO

Mux

LPM Wakeup

CLA

ADC

Boot-ROM

8K × 16

(0-wait)

SARAM

4K/6K/8K × 16

(CLA Only on

28033 and 28035)

(0-wait)

Secure

L IN A RX

LI NA T X

COMP

COMP1A

COMP1B

COMP2A

COMP2B

COMP3A

COMP3B

COMP2OUT

COMP3OUT

eQEP

EQ EPxA

EQ EPxB

EQE PxI

EQEPxS

SC IT XD x

GPIO

MUX

AIO

MUX

From

COMP1OUT,

COMP2OUT,

COMP3OUT

VREG

POR/

BOR

Memory Bus

CLA Bus

Memory Bus

TZx

PSWD

FLASH

16K/32K/64K × 16

Secure

OTP/Flash

Wrapper

OTP 1K × 16

Secure

Code

Security

Module

HRCAP

HRCAPx

EPWMSYNCI

EPWMSYNCO

32-Bit Peripheral Bus

(CLA-Accessible)

A. Not all peripheral pins are available at the same time due to multiplexing.

Figure 3-1. Functional Block Diagram

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table of Contents

1 Features............................................................................1

2 Applications..................................................................... 2

3 Description.......................................................................2

3.1 Functional Block Diagram........................................... 4

4 Revision History.............................................................. 5

5 Device Comparison......................................................... 6

5.1 Related Products........................................................ 8

6 Pin Configuration and Functions...................................9

6.1 Pin Diagrams.............................................................. 9

6.2 Signal Descriptions................................................... 12

7 Specifications................................................................ 20

7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings...................................... 20

7.2 ESD Ratings – Automotive....................................... 20

7.3 ESD Ratings – Commercial...................................... 21

7.4 Recommended Operating Conditions.......................21

7.5 Power Consumption Summary................................. 22

7.6 Electrical Characteristics...........................................26

7.7 Thermal Resistance Characteristics......................... 27

7.8 Thermal Design Considerations................................29

7.9 JTAG Debug Probe Connection Without Signal

Buffering for the MCU..................................................29

7.10 Parameter Information............................................ 31

7.11 Test Load Circuit..................................................... 31

7.12 Power Sequencing..................................................32

7.13 Clock Specifications................................................35

7.14 Flash Timing............................................................39

8 Detailed Description......................................................41

8.1 Overview................................................................... 41

8.2 Memory Maps........................................................... 49

8.3 Register Maps...........................................................56

8.4 Device Emulation Registers......................................58

8.5 VREG/BOR/POR...................................................... 59

8.6 System Control......................................................... 61

8.7 Low-power Modes Block...........................................69

8.8 Interrupts...................................................................70

8.9 Peripherals................................................................75

9 Applications, Implementation, and Layout............... 143

9.1 TI Reference Design............................................... 143

10 Device and Documentation Support........................144

10.1 Device and Development Support Tool

Nomenclature............................................................ 144

10.2 Tools and Software............................................... 145

10.3 Documentation Support........................................ 146

10.4 Support Resources............................................... 147

10.5 Trademarks...........................................................147

10.6 Electrostatic Discharge Caution............................147

10.7 Glossary................................................................147

11 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable

Information.................................................................. 148

11.1 Packaging Information.......................................... 148

4 Revision History

Changes from March 3, 2021 to June 11, 2021 (from Revision O (March 2021) to Revision P

(June 2021)) Page

•Table 5-1, Device Comparison: Added device numbers to Temperature options section...................................6

•Section 7.1, Absolute Maximum Ratings: Restored table.................................................................................20

•Section 7.2, ESD Ratings – Automotive: Updated device numbers................................................................. 20

•Section 7.3, ESD Ratings – Commercial: Updated table..................................................................................21

•Section 8.1.10, Security: Updated section........................................................................................................44

•Section 10.2, Tools and Software: Updated Software Tools section...............................................................145

•Section 10.3, Documentation Support: Updated section................................................................................ 146

Changes from June 24, 2020 to March 2, 2021 (from Revision N (June 2020) to Revision O

(March 2021)) Page

•Device Comparison: Updated part numebrs.......................................................................................................6

• Updated/Changed "Device Comparison" table to include UART compatibility for SCI.......................................6

•Signal Description: Updated VREGENZ description........................................................................................ 12

• Updated/Changed "emulator" to "JTAG debug probe" and updated reprograming note.................................. 44

• Updated/changed watchdog termonology........................................................................................................ 46

•Device and Development Support Tool Nomenclature: Updated Device Nomenclature image to show -Q1 part

number............................................................................................................................................................144

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

5 Device Comparison

Table 5-1 lists the features of the TMS320F2803x devices.

Table 5-1. Device Comparison

FEATURE TYPE

(1)

28030

28030-Q1

(60 MHz)

28031

28031-Q1

(60 MHz)

28032

28032-Q1

(60 MHz)

28033

28033-Q1

(60 MHz)

28034

28034-Q1

(60 MHz)

28035

28035-Q1

(60 MHz)

Package Type

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

Instruction cycle – 16.67 ns 16.67 ns 16.67 ns 16.67 ns 16.67 ns 16.67 ns

Control Law Accelerator

(CLA) 0 No No No Yes No Yes

On-chip flash (16-bit word) – 16K 32K 32K 32K 64K 64K

On-chip SARAM (16-bit

word) – 6K 8K 10K 10K 10K 10K

Code security for on-chip

flash/SARAM/OTP blocks – Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Boot ROM (8K x 16) – Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

One-time programmable

(OTP) ROM (16-bit word) – 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K 1K

ePWM channels 1 14 12 8 14 12 8 14 12 8 14 12 8 14 12 8 14 12 8

eCAP inputs 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

eQEP modules 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

Watchdog timer – Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

12-Bit

ADC

MSPS

2.0 2.0 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6

Conversion

Time 500.00 ns 500.00 ns 216.67 ns 216.67 ns 216.67 ns 216.67 ns

Channels 16 14 13 16 14 13 16 14 13 16 14 13 16 14 13 16 14 13

Temperature

Sensor Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Dual Sample-

and-Hold Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

32-Bit CPU timers – 3 3 3 3 3 3

High-resolution ePWM

Channels 1 – – 7 6 4 7 6 4 7 6 4 7 6 4

High-resolution Capture

(HRCAP) Modules 0 – – 2 2 – 2 2 – 2 2 – 2 2 –

Comparators with

Integrated DACs 0 3 3 3 3 3 3

Inter-integrated circuit

(I2C) 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

Enhanced Controller Area

Network (eCAN) 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

Local Interconnect

Network (LIN) 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

Serial Communications

Interface (SCI) (UART

Compatible)

1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1

Serial Communications

Interface (SCI) 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

I/O pins

(shared)

GPIO – 45 33 26 45 33 26 45 33 26 45 33 26 45 33 26 45 33 26

AIO – 6 6 6 6 6 6

External interrupts – 3 3 3 3 3 3

Supply voltage (nominal) – 3.3 V 3.3 V 3.3 V 3.3 V 3.3 V 3.3 V

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 5-1. Device Comparison (continued)

FEATURE TYPE

(1)

28030

28030-Q1

(60 MHz)

28031

28031-Q1

(60 MHz)

28032

28032-Q1

(60 MHz)

28033

28033-Q1

(60 MHz)

28034

28034-Q1

(60 MHz)

28035

28035-Q1

(60 MHz)

Package Type

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

80-

LQFP

64-

PAG

TQFP

56-

RSH

VQFN

Temperat

ure

options

T: –40°C to

105°C – 28030 28031 28032 28033 28034 28035

S: –40°C to

125°C – 28030 28031 28032 28033 28034 28035

Q: –40°C to

125°C(2) – 28030-Q1 – 28031-Q1 – 28032-Q1 – 28033-Q1 – 28034-Q1 – 28035-Q1 –

(1) A type change represents a major functional feature difference in a peripheral module. Within a peripheral type, there may be minor

differences between devices that do not affect the basic functionality of the module. These device-specific differences are listed in the

C2000 Real-Time Control Peripherals Reference Guide and in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference

Manual.

(2) The letter Q refers to AEC Q100 qualification for automotive applications.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

5.1 Related Products

For information about similar products, see the following links:

TMS320F2802x Real-Time Microcontrollers

The F2802x series offers the lowest pin-count and Flash memory size options. InstaSPIN-FOC™ versions are

available.

TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers

The F2803x series increases the pin-count and memory size options. The F2803x series also introduces the

parallel control law accelerator (CLA) option.

TMS320F2805x Real-Time Microcontrollers

The F2805x series is similar to the F2803x series but adds on-chip programmable gain amplifiers (PGAs).

InstaSPIN-FOC and InstaSPIN-MOTION™ versions are available.

TMS320F2806x Real-Time Microcontrollers

The F2806x series is the first to include a floating-point unit (FPU). The F2806x series also increases the

pin-count, memory size options, and the quantity of peripherals. InstaSPIN-FOC™ and InstaSPIN-MOTION™

versions are available.

TMS320F2807x Real-Time Microcontrollers

The F2807x series offers the most performance, largest pin counts, flash memory sizes, and peripheral options.

The F2807x series includes the latest generation of accelerators, ePWM peripherals, and analog technology.

TMS320F28004x Real-Time Microcontrollers

The F28004x series is a reduced version of the F2807x series with the latest generational enhancements. The

F28004x series is the best roadmap option for those using the F2806x series. InstaSPIN-FOC and configurable

logic block (CLB) versions are available.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

6 Pin Configuration and Functions

6.1 Pin Diagrams

Figure 6-1 shows the 56-pin RSH Very Thin Quad Flatpack (No Lead) (VQFN) pin assignments. Figure 6-2

shows the 64-pin PAG Thin Quad Flatpack (TQFP) pin assignments. Figure 6-3 shows the 80-pin PN Low-

Profile Quad Flatpack (LQFP) pin assignments.

GPIO22/EQEP1S/LINTXA

GPIO23/EQEP1I/LINRXA

VDD

VSS

XRS

TRST

ADCINA7

ADCINA6/COMP3A/AIO6

ADCINA4/COMP2A/AIO4

ADCINA3

ADCINA2/COMP1A/AIO2

ADCINA1

ADCINA0/VREFHI

VDDA GPIO18/SPICLKA/LINTXA/XCLKOUT

GPIO17/SPISOMIA/TZ3

GPIO16/SPISIMOA/TZ2

GPIO12/ /SCITXDATZ1

GPIO7/EPWM4B/SCIRXDA

GPIO6/EPWM4A/EPWMSYNCI/EPWMSYNCO

VSS

VDD

GPIO19/XCLKIN/ /LINRXA/ECAP1SPISTEA

GPIO38/TCK/XCLKIN

GPIO37/TDO

GPIO35/TDI

VSSA/VREFLO

ADCINB1

ADCINB2/COMP1B/AIO10

ADCINB3

ADCINB4/COMP2B/AIO12

ADCINB6/COMP3B/AIO14

ADCINB7

GPIO31/CANTXA

GPIO30/CANRXA

GPIO29/SCITXDA/SCLA/TZ3

VSS

VDDIO

TEST2

GPIO28/SCIRXDA/SDAA/TZ2

GPIO36/TMS

GPIO5/EPWM3B/SPISIMOA/ECAP1

GPIO4/EPWM3A

GPIO3/EPWM2B/SPISOMIA/COMP2OUT

GPIO2/EPWM2A

GPIO1/EPWM1B/COMP1OUT

GPIO0/EPWM1A

VDDIO

VSS

VDD

VREGENZ

GPIO34/COMP2OUT/COMP3OUT

GPIO20/EQEP1A/COMP1OUT

GPIO21/EQEP1B/COMP2OUT

A. This figure shows the top view of the 56-pin RSH package. Shading denotes that the terminals are actually on the bottom side of the

package. See Section 11 for the 56-pin RSH mechanical drawing.

B. Pin 13: VREFHI and ADCINA0 share the same pin on the 56-pin RSH device and their use is mutually exclusive to one another.

C. Pin 15: VREFLO is always connected to VSSA on the 56-pin RSH device.

Figure 6-1. 2803x 56-Pin RSH VQFN (Top View)

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

64 17

GPIO18/SPICLKA/LINTXA/XCLKOUT

GPIO36/TMS

GPIO35/TDI

GPIO37/TDO

GPIO38/TCK/XCLKIN

GPIO19/XCLKIN/ /LINRXA/ECAP1SPISTEA

VDD

VSS

GPIO6/EPWM4A/EPWMSYNCI/EPWMSYNCO

GPIO7/EPWM4B/SCIRXDA

GPIO12/ /SCITXDATZ1

GPIO16/SPISIMOA/TZ2

GPIO8/EPWM5A/ADCSOCAO

GPIO17/SPISOMIA/TZ3

GPIO24/ECAP1

GPIO11/EPWM6B/LINRXA/HRCAP2

GPIO21/EQEP1B/COMP2OUT

GPIO20/EQEP1A/COMP1OUT

GPIO34/COMP2OUT/COMP3OUT

VREGENZ

VDD

VSS

VDDIO

GPIO0/EPWM1A

GPIO1/EPWM1B/COMP1OUT

GPIO2/EPWM2A

GPIO3/EPWM2B/SPISOMIA/COMP2OUT

GPIO10/EPWM6A/ADCSOCBO

GPIO4/EPWM3A

GPIO5/EPWM3B/SPSIMOA/ECAP1

VDDA

GPIO22/EQEP1S/LINTXA

ADCINA0/VREFHI

ADCINA1

ADCINA2/COMP1A/AIO2

ADCINA3

ADCINA4/COMP2A/AIO4

ADCINA6/COMP3A/AIO6

ADCINA7

TRST

XRS

VSS

VDD

GPIO23/EQEP1I/LINRXA

GPIO33/SCLA/EPWMSYNCO/ADCSOCBO

GPIO32/SDAA/EPWMSYNCI/ADCSOCAO

GPIO28/SCIRXDA/SDAA/TZ2

V /V

SSA REFLO

GPIO9/EPWM5B/LINTXA/HRCAP1

TEST2

VDDIO

VSS

GPIO29/SCITXDA/SCLA/TZ3

GPIO30/CANRXA

GPIO31/CANTXA

ADCINB7

ADCINB6/COMP3B/AIO14

ADCINB4/COMP2B/AIO12

ADCINB3

ADCINB2/COMP1B/AIO10

ADCINB1

ADCINB0

A. Pin 15: VREFHI and ADCINA0 share the same pin on the 64-pin PAG device and their use is mutually exclusive to one another.

B. Pin 17: VREFLO is always connected to VSSA on the 64-pin PAG device.

Figure 6-2. 2803x 64-Pin PAG TQFP (Top View)

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

VSSA

GPIO28/SCIRXDA/SDAA/TZ2

GPIO9/EPWM5B/LINTXA/HRCAP1

TEST2

GPIO26/HRCAP1/SPICLKB

VDDIO

VSS

GPIO29/SCITXDA/SCLA/TZ3

GPIO30/CANRXA

GPIO31/CANTXA

GPIO27/HRCAP2/SPISTEB

ADCINB7

ADCINB6/COMP3B/AIO14

ADCINB5

ADCINB4/COMP2B/AIO12

ADCINB3

ADCINB2/COMP1B/AIO10

ADCINB1

ADCINB0

VREFLO

GPIO24/ECAP1/SPISIMOB

GPIO11/EPWM6B/LINRXA/HRCAP2

GPIO5/EPWM3B/SPISIMOA/ECAP1

GPIO4/EPWM3A

GPIO40/EPWM7A

GPIO10/EPWM6A/ADCSOCBO

GPIO3/EPWM2B/SPISOMIA/COMP2OUT

GPIO2/EPWM2A

GPIO1/EPWM1B/COMP1OUT

GPIO0/EPWM1A

VDDIO

VSS

VDD

VREGENZ

GPIO34/COMP2OUT/COMP3OUT

GPIO15/ /LINRXA/TZ1 SPISTEB

GPIO13/ /SPISOMIBTZ2

GPIO14/ /LINTXA/SPICLKBTZ3

GPIO20/EQEP1A/COMP1OUT

GPIO21/EQEP1B/COMP2OUT

VDDA

GPIO22/EQEP1S/LINTXA

GPIO32/SDAA/EPWMSYNCI/ADCSOCAO

GPIO33/SCLA/EPWMSYNCO/ADCSOCBO

GPIO23/EQEP1I/LINRXA

GPIO42/COMP1OUT

GPIO43/COMP2OUT

VDD

VSS

XRS

TRST

ADCINA7

ADCINA6/COMP3A/AIO6

ADCINA5

ADCINA4/COMP2A/AIO4

ADCINA3

ADCINA2/COMP1A/AIO2

ADCINA1

ADCINA0

VREFHI

GPIO18/SPICLKA/LINTXA/XCLKOUT

GPIO36/TMS

GPIO35/TDI

GPIO37/TDO

GPIO38/TCK/XCLKIN

GPIO39

GPIO19/XCLKIN/ /LINRXA/ECAP1SPISTEA

VDD

VSS

GPIO6/EPWM4A/EPWMSYNCI/EPWMSYNCO

GPIO7/EPWM4B/SCIRXDA

GPIO41/EPWM7B

GPIO12/ /SCITXDA/SPISIMOBTZ1

GPIO16/SPISIMOA/TZ2

GPIO44

GPIO25/SPISOMIB

GPIO8/EPWM5A/ADCSOCAO

GPIO17/SPISOMIA/TZ3

Figure 6-3. 2803x 80-Pin PN LQFP (Top View)

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

6.2 Signal Descriptions

Section 6.2.1 describes the signals. With the exception of the JTAG pins, the GPIO function is the default at

reset, unless otherwise mentioned. The peripheral signals that are listed under them are alternate functions.

Some peripheral functions may not be available in all devices. See Table 5-1 for details. Inputs are not 5-V

tolerant. All GPIO pins are I/O/Z and have an internal pullup, which can be selectively enabled/disabled on a

per-pin basis. This feature only applies to the GPIO pins. The pullups on the PWM pins are not enabled at reset.

The pullups on other GPIO pins are enabled upon reset. The AIO pins do not have an internal pullup.

Note

When the on-chip VREG is used, the GPIO19, GPIO34, GPIO35, GPIO36, GPIO37, and GPIO38 pins

could glitch during power up. This potential glitch will finish before the boot mode pins are read and

will not affect boot behavior. If glitching is unacceptable in an application, 1.8 V could be supplied

externally. Alternatively, adding a current-limiting resistor (for example, 470 Ω) in series with these pins

and any external driver could be considered to limit the potential for degradation to the pin and/or

external circuitry. There is no power-sequencing requirement when using an external 1.8-V supply.

However, if the 3.3-V transistors in the level-shifting output buffers of the I/O pins are powered before

the 1.8-V transistors, it is possible for the output buffers to turn on, causing a glitch to occur on the pin

during power up. To avoid this behavior, power the VDD pins before or with the VDDIO pins, ensuring

that the VDD pins have reached 0.7 V before the VDDIO pins reach 0.7 V.

6.2.1 Signal Descriptions

TERMINAL

I/O/Z(1) DESCRIPTION

NAME PN

PIN NO.

PAG

PIN NO.

RSH

PIN NO.

JTAG

TRST 10 8 6 I

JTAG test reset with internal pulldown. TRST, when driven high, gives the scan

system control of the operations of the device. If this signal is not connected or

driven low, the device operates in its functional mode, and the test reset signals

are ignored. NOTE: TRST is an active high test pin and must be maintained

low at all times during normal device operation. An external pulldown resistor is

required on this pin. The value of this resistor should be based on drive strength

of the debugger pods applicable to the design. A 2.2-kΩ resistor generally

offers adequate protection. Because this is application-specific, TI recommends

validating each target board for proper operation of the debugger and the

application. (↓)

TCK See GPIO38 I See GPIO38. JTAG test clock with internal pullup. (↑)

TMS See GPIO36 I See GPIO36. JTAG test-mode select (TMS) with internal pullup. This serial

control input is clocked into the TAP controller on the rising edge of TCK. (↑)

TDI See GPIO35 I See GPIO35. JTAG test data input (TDI) with internal pullup. TDI is clocked into

the selected register (instruction or data) on a rising edge of TCK. (↑)

TDO See GPIO37 O/Z

See GPIO37. JTAG scan out, test data output (TDO). The contents of the

selected register (instruction or data) are shifted out of TDO on the falling edge of

TCK. (8 mA drive)

FLASH

TEST2 38 30 27 I/O Test Pin. Reserved for TI. Must be left unconnected.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

TERMINAL

I/O/Z(1) DESCRIPTION

NAME PN

PIN NO.

PAG

PIN NO.

RSH

PIN NO.

CLOCK

XCLKOUT See GPIO18 – O/Z

See GPIO18. Output clock derived from SYSCLKOUT. XCLKOUT is either

the same frequency, one-half the frequency, or one-fourth the frequency of

SYSCLKOUT. This is controlled by bits 1:0 (XCLKOUTDIV) in the XCLK register.

At reset, XCLKOUT = SYSCLKOUT/4. The XCLKOUT signal can be turned off

by setting XCLKOUTDIV to 3. The mux control for GPIO18 must also be set to

XCLKOUT for this signal to propogate to the pin.

XCLKIN See GPIO19 and GPIO38 I

See GPIO19 and GPIO38. External oscillator input. Pin source for the clock is

controlled by the XCLKINSEL bit in the XCLK register, GPIO38 is the default

selection. This pin feeds a clock from an external 3.3-V oscillator. In this case,

the X1 pin, if available, must be tied to GND and the on-chip crystal oscillator

must be disabled through bit 14 in the CLKCTL register. If a crystal/resonator is

used, the XCLKIN path must be disabled by bit 13 in the CLKCTL register.

NOTE: Designs that use the GPIO38/TCK/XCLKIN pin to supply an external

clock for normal device operation may need to incorporate some hooks to

disable this path during debug using the JTAG connector. This is to prevent

contention with the TCK signal, which is active during JTAG debug sessions. The

zero-pin internal oscillators may be used during this time to clock the device.

X1 52 41 36 I

On-chip 1.8-V crystal-oscillator input. To use this oscillator, a quartz crystal or

a ceramic resonator must be connected across X1 and X2. In this case, the

XCLKIN path must be disabled by bit 13 in the CLKCTL register. If this pin is not

used, it must be tied to GND. (I)

X2 51 40 35 O On-chip crystal-oscillator output. A quartz crystal or a ceramic resonator must be

connected across X1 and X2. If X2 is not used, it must be left unconnected. (O)

RESET

XRS 9 7 5 I/O

Device Reset (in) and Watchdog Reset (out). These devices have a built-in

power-on reset (POR) and brown-out reset (BOR) circuitry. During a power-on or

brown-out condition, this pin is driven low by the device. An external circuit may

also drive this pin to assert a device reset. This pin is also driven low by the MCU

when a watchdog reset occurs. During watchdog reset, the XRS pin is driven low

for the watchdog reset duration of 512 OSCCLK cycles. A resistor with a value

from 2.2 kΩ to 10 kΩ should be placed between XRS and VDDIO. If a capacitor is

placed between XRS and VSS for noise filtering, it should be 100 nF or smaller.

These values will allow the watchdog to properly drive the XRS pin to VOL

within 512 OSCCLK cycles when the watchdog reset is asserted. Regardless

of the source, a device reset causes the device to terminate execution. The

program counter points to the address contained at the location 0x3F FFC0.

When reset is deactivated, execution begins at the location designated by the

program counter. The output buffer of this pin is an open-drain device with an

internal pullup. (↑) If this pin is driven by an external device, it should be done

using an open-drain device.

ADC, COMPARATOR, ANALOG I/O

ADCINA7 11 9 7 I ADC Group A, Channel 7 input

ADCINA6

12 10 8

I ADC Group A, Channel 6 input

COMP3A I Comparator Input 3A

AIO6 I/O Digital AIO 6

ADCINA5 13 – – I ADC Group A, Channel 5 input

ADCINA4

14 11 9

I ADC Group A, Channel 4 input

COMP2A I Comparator Input 2A

AIO4 I/O Digital AIO 4

ADCINA3 15 12 10 I ADC Group A, Channel 3 input

ADCINA2

16 13 11

I ADC Group A, Channel 2 input

COMP1A I Comparator Input 1A

AIO2 I/O Digital AIO 2

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

TERMINAL

I/O/Z(1) DESCRIPTION

NAME PN

PIN NO.

PAG

PIN NO.

RSH

PIN NO.

ADCINA1 17 14 12 I ADC Group A, Channel 1 input

ADCINA0 18 15 13 I

ADC Group A, Channel 0 input.

NOTE: VREFHI and ADCINA0 share the same pin on the 64-pin PAG device and

their use is mutually exclusive to one another.

NOTE: VREFHI and ADCINA0 share the same pin on the 56-pin RSH device and

their use is mutually exclusive to one another.

VREFHI 19 15 13 I

ADC External Reference High – only used when in ADC external reference

mode. See Section 8.9.2.1, ADC.

NOTE: VREFHI and ADCINA0 share the same pin on the 64-pin PAG device and

their use is mutually exclusive to one another.

NOTE: VREFHI and ADCINA0 share the same pin on the 56-pin RSH device and

their use is mutually exclusive to one another.

ADCINB7 30 24 21 I ADC Group B, Channel 7 input

ADCINB6

29 23 20

I ADC Group B, Channel 6 input

COMP3B I Comparator Input 3B

AIO14 I/O Digital AIO 14

ADCINB5 28 – – I ADC Group B, Channel 5 input

ADCINB4

27 22 19

I ADC Group B, Channel 4 input

COMP2B I Comparator Input 2B

AIO12 I/O Digital AIO12

ADCINB3 26 21 18 I ADC Group B, Channel 3 input

ADCINB2

25 20 17

I ADC Group B, Channel 2 input

COMP1B I Comparator Input 1B

AIO10 I/O Digital AIO 10

ADCINB1 24 19 16 I ADC Group B, Channel 1 input

ADCINB0 23 18 – I ADC Group B, Channel 0 input

VREFLO 22 17 15 I

ADC External Reference Low.

NOTE: VREFLO is always connected to VSSA on the 64-pin PAG device and on

the 56-pin RSH device.

CPU AND I/O POWER

VDDA 20 16 14 Analog Power Pin. Tie with a 2.2-μF capacitor (typical) close to the pin.

VSSA 21 17 15

Analog Ground Pin.

NOTE: VREFLO is always connected to VSSA on the 64-pin PAG device and on

the 56-pin RSH device.

VDD

7 5 3 CPU and Logic Digital Power Pins. When using internal VREG, place one 1.2-µF

capacitor between each VDD pin and ground. Higher value capacitors may be

used.

54 43 38

72 59 52

VDDIO

36 29 26 Digital I/O Buffers and Flash Memory Power Pin. Single supply source when

VREG is enabled. Place a decoupling capacitor on each pin. The exact value

should be determined by the system voltage regulation solution.

70 57 50

VSS

8 6 4

Digital Ground Pins

35 28 25

53 42 37

71 58 51

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

TERMINAL

I/O/Z(1) DESCRIPTION

NAME PN

PIN NO.

PAG

PIN NO.

RSH

PIN NO.

VOLTAGE REGULATOR CONTROL SIGNAL

VREGENZ 73 60 53 I

Internal voltage regulator (VREG) enable with internal pulldown. Tie directly to

VSS (low) to enable the internal 1.8-V VREG. Tie directly to VDDIO (high) to

disable the VREG and use an external 1.8-V supply.

GPIO AND PERIPHERAL SIGNALS (2)

GPIO0

69 56 49

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 0

EPWM1A O Enhanced PWM1 Output A and HRPWM channel

– – –

GPIO1

68 55 48

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 1

EPWM1B O Enhanced PWM1 Output B

– –

COMP1OUT O Direct output of Comparator 1

GPIO2

67 54 47

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 2

EPWM2A O Enhanced PWM2 Output A and HRPWM channel

– –

GPIO3

66 53 46

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 3

EPWM2B O Enhanced PWM2 Output B

SPISOMIA I/O SPI-A slave out, master in

COMP2OUT O Direct output of Comparator 2

GPIO4

63 51 45

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 4

EPWM3A O Enhanced PWM3 output A and HRPWM channel

– –

GPIO5

62 50 44

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 5

EPWM3B O Enhanced PWM3 output B

SPISIMOA I/O SPI-A slave in, master out

ECAP1 I/O Enhanced Capture input/output 1

GPIO6

50 39 34

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 6

EPWM4A O Enhanced PWM4 output A and HRPWM channel

EPWMSYNCI I External ePWM sync pulse input

EPWMSYNCO O External ePWM sync pulse output

GPIO7

49 38 33

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 7

EPWM4B O Enhanced PWM4 output B

SCIRXDA I SCI-A receive data

– –

GPIO8

43 35 –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 8

EPWM5A O Enhanced PWM5 output A and HRPWM channel

– –

ADCSOCAO O ADC start-of-conversion A

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

TERMINAL

I/O/Z(1) DESCRIPTION

NAME PN

PIN NO.

PAG

PIN NO.

RSH

PIN NO.

GPIO9

39 31 –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 9

EPWM5B O Enhanced PWM5 output B

LINTXA O LIN transmit A

HRCAP1 I High-resolution input capture 1

GPIO10

65 52 –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 10

EPWM6A O Enhanced PWM6 output A and HRPWM channel

– –

ADCSOCBO O ADC start-of-conversion B

GPIO11

61 49 –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 11

EPWM6B O Enhanced PWM6 output B

LINRXA I LIN receive A

HRCAP2 I High-resolution input capture 2

GPIO12

47 37 32

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 12

TZ1 I Trip Zone input 1

SCITXDA O SCI-A transmit data

SPISIMOB I/O SPI-B slave in, master out.

NOTE: SPI-B is available only in the PN package.

GPIO13

76 – –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 13

TZ2 I Trip Zone input 2

– –

SPISOMIB I/O SPI-B slave out, master in

GPIO14

77 – –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 14

TZ3 I Trip zone input 3

LINTXA O LIN transmit

SPICLKB I/O SPI-B clock input/output

GPIO15

75 – –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 15

TZ1 I Trip zone input 1

LINRXA I LIN receive

SPISTEB I/O SPI-B slave transmit enable input/output

GPIO16

46 36 31

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 16

SPISIMOA I/O SPI-A slave in, master out

– –

TZ2 I Trip Zone input 2

GPIO17

42 34 30

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 17

SPISOMIA I/O SPI-A slave out, master in

– –

TZ3 I Trip zone input 3

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

TERMINAL

I/O/Z(1) DESCRIPTION

NAME PN

PIN NO.

PAG

PIN NO.

RSH

PIN NO.

GPIO18

41 33 29

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 18

SPICLKA I/O SPI-A clock input/output

LINTXA O LIN transmit

XCLKOUT O/Z

Output clock derived from SYSCLKOUT. XCLKOUT is either the same

frequency, one-half the frequency, or one-fourth the frequency of SYSCLKOUT.

This is controlled by bits 1:0 (XCLKOUTDIV) in the XCLK register. At reset,

XCLKOUT = SYSCLKOUT/4. The XCLKOUT signal can be turned off by setting

XCLKOUTDIV to 3. The mux control for GPIO18 must also be set to XCLKOUT

for this signal to propogate to the pin.

GPIO19

55 44 39

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 19

XCLKIN

External Oscillator Input. The path from this pin to the clock block is not gated

by the mux function of this pin. Care must be taken not to enable this path for

clocking if it is being used for the other periperhal functions

SPISTEA I/O SPI-A slave transmit enable input/output

LINRXA I LIN receive

ECAP1 I/O Enhanced Capture input/output 1

GPIO20

78 62 55

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 20

EQEP1A I Enhanced QEP1 input A

– –

COMP1OUT O Direct output of Comparator 1

GPIO21

79 63 56

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 21

EQEP1B I Enhanced QEP1 input B

– –

COMP2OUT O Direct output of Comparator 2

GPIO22

1 1 1

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 22

EQEP1S I/O Enhanced QEP1 strobe

– –

LINTXA O LIN transmit

GPIO23

4 4 2

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 23

EQEP1I I/O Enhanced QEP1 index

– –

LINRXA I LIN receive

GPIO24

80 64

– I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 24

ECAP1

See

GPIO5

and

GPIO19

I/O Enhanced Capture input/output 1

– –

SPISIMOB I/O SPI-B slave in, master out.

NOTE: SPI-B is available only in the PN and RSH packages.

GPIO25

44 – –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 25

– –

SPISOMIB I/O SPI-B slave out, master in

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

TERMINAL

I/O/Z(1) DESCRIPTION

NAME PN

PIN NO.

PAG

PIN NO.

RSH

PIN NO.

GPIO26

37 – –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 26

HRCAP1 I High-resolution input capture 1

– –

SPICLKB I/O SPI-B clock input/output

GPIO27

31 – –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 27

HRCAP2 I High-resolution input capture 2

– –

SPISTEB I/O SPI-B slave transmit enable input/output

GPIO28

40 32 28

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 28

SCIRXDA I SCI receive data

SDAA I/OD I2C data open-drain bidirectional port

TZ2 I Trip zone input 2

GPIO29

34 27 24

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 29

SCITXDA O SCI transmit data

SCLA I/OD I2C clock open-drain bidirectional port

TZ3 I Trip zone input 3

GPIO30

33 26 23

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 30

CANRXA I CAN receive

– –

GPIO31

32 25 22

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 31

CANTXA O CAN transmit

– –

GPIO32

2 2 –

I/O/Z General-purpose input/output 32

SDAA I/OD I2C data open-drain bidirectional port

EPWMSYNCI I Enhanced PWM external sync pulse input

ADCSOCAO O ADC start-of-conversion A

GPIO33

3 3 –

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 33

SCLA I/OD I2C clock open-drain bidirectional port

EPWMSYNCO O Enhanced PWM external synch pulse output

ADCSOCBO O ADC start-of-conversion B

GPIO34

74 61 54

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 34

COMP2OUT O Direct output of Comparator 2

– –

COMP3OUT O Direct output of Comparator 3

GPIO35

59 47 42

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 35

TDI I JTAG test data input (TDI) with internal pullup. TDI is clocked into the selected

GPIO36

60 48 43

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 36

TMS I JTAG test-mode select (TMS) with internal pullup. This serial control input is

clocked into the TAP controller on the rising edge of TCK.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

TERMINAL

I/O/Z(1) DESCRIPTION

NAME PN

PIN NO.

PAG

PIN NO.

RSH

PIN NO.

GPIO37

58 46 41

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 37

TDO O/Z

JTAG scan out, test data output (TDO). The contents of the selected register

(instruction or data) are shifted out of TDO on the falling edge of TCK (8 mA

drive)

GPIO38

57 45 40

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 38

TCK I JTAG test clock with internal pullup

XCLKIN I

External Oscillator Input. The path from this pin to the clock block is not gated

by the mux function of this pin. Care must be taken to not enable this path for

clocking if it is being used for the other functions.

– –

GPIO39

56 – –

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 39

– –

GPIO40

64 – –

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 40

EPWM7A O Enhanced PWM7 output A and HRPWM channel

– –

GPIO41

48 – –

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 41

EPWM7B O Enhanced PWM7 output B

– –

GPIO42

5 – –

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 42

– –

COMP1OUT O Direct output of Comparator 1

GPIO43

6 – –

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 43

– –

COMP2OUT O Direct output of Comparator 2

GPIO44

45 – –

I/O/Z General-Purpose Input/Output 44

– –

(1) I = Input, O = Output, Z = High Impedance, OD = Open Drain, ↑ = Pullup, ↓ = Pulldown

(2) The GPIO function (shown in bold italics) is the default at reset. The peripheral signals that are listed under them are alternate

functions. For JTAG pins that have the GPIO functionality multiplexed, the input path to the GPIO block is always valid. The output

path from the GPIO block and the path to the JTAG block from a pin is enabled/disabled based on the condition of the TRST signal.

See the System Control chapter in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual for details.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7 Specifications

7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings

over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)(1) (2)

MIN MAX UNIT

Supply voltage VDDIO (I/O and Flash) with respect to VSS –0.3 4.6 V

VDD with respect to VSS –0.3 2.5

Analog voltage VDDA with respect to VSSA –0.3 4.6 V

Input voltage VIN (3.3 V) –0.3 4.6 V

VIN (X1) –0.3 2.5

Output voltage VO–0.3 4.6 V

Input clamp current

Digital/analog input (per pin), IIK

(VIN < VSS or VIN > VDDIO)(3) –20 20

Analog input (per pin), IIKANALOG

(VIN < VSSA or VIN > VDDA)–20 20

Total for all inputs, IIKTOTAL

(VIN < VSS/VSSA or VIN > VDDIO/VDDA)–20 20

Output clamp current IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDDIO) –20 20 mA

Junction temperature(4) TJ–40 150 °C

Storage temperature(4) Tstg –65 150 °C

(1) Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings

only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Section 7.4 is not implied.

Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.

(2) All voltage values are with respect to VSS, unless otherwise noted.

(3) Continuous clamp current per pin is ±2 mA. Do not operate in this condition continuously as VDDIO/VDDA voltage may internally rise and

impact other electrical specifications.

(4) Long-term high-temperature storage or extended use at maximum temperature conditions may result in a reduction of overall device

life. For additional information, see Semiconductor and IC Package Thermal Metrics; Calculating Useful Lifetimes of Embedded

Processors; and Calculating FIT for a Mission Profile.

7.2 ESD Ratings – Automotive

VALUE UNIT

TMS320F2803x-Q1 in 80-pin PN package

V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge

Human body model (HBM), per AEC Q100-002(1) All pins ±2000

Charged device model (CDM), per AEC Q100-011

All pins except corner pins ±500

Corner pins on 80-pin PN:

1, 20, 21, 40, 41, 60, 61,

±750

TMS320F2803x-Q1 in 64-pin PAG package

V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge

Human body model (HBM), per AEC Q100-002(1) All pins ±2000

Charged device model (CDM), per AEC Q100-011

All pins except corner pins ±500

Corner pins on 64-pin

PAG: 1, 16, 17, 32, 33,

48, 49, 64

±750

(1) AEC Q100-002 indicates HBM stressing is done in accordance with the ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001 specification.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.3 ESD Ratings – Commercial

VALUE UNIT

TMS320F2803x in 80-pin PN package

V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge

Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001(1) ±2000

Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101

or ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-002(2) ±500

TMS320F2803x in 64-pin PAG package

V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge

Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001(1) ±2000

Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101

or ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-002(2) ±500

TMS320F2803x in 56-pin RSH package

V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge

Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001(1) ±2000

Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101

or ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-002(2) ±500

(1) JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.

(2) JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.

7.4 Recommended Operating Conditions

MIN NOM MAX UNIT

Device supply voltage, I/O, VDDIO 2.97 3.3 3.63 V

Device supply voltage CPU, VDD (When internal VREG is

disabled and 1.8 V is supplied externally) 1.71 1.8 1.995 V

Supply ground, VSS 0 V

Analog supply voltage, VDDA 2.97 3.3 3.63 V

Analog ground, VSSA 0 V

Device clock frequency (system clock) 2 60 MHz

High-level input voltage, VIH (3.3 V) 2 VDDIO + 0.3 V

Low-level input voltage, VIL (3.3 V) VSS – 0.3 0.8 V

High-level output source current, VOH = VOH(MIN) , IOH

All GPIO/AIO pins –4 mA

Group 2(1) –8 mA

Low-level output sink current, VOL = VOL(MAX), IOL

All GPIO/AIO pins 4 mA

Group 2(1) 8 mA

Ambient temperature, TA

T version –40 105

°C

S version –40 125

Q version

(AEC Q100 qualification) –40 125

Junction temperature, TJ–40 150 °C

(1) Group 2 pins are as follows: GPIO16, GPIO17, GPIO18, GPIO19, GPIO28, GPIO29, GPIO36, GPIO37

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.5 Power Consumption Summary

7.5.1 TMS320F2803x Current Consumption at 60-MHz SYSCLKOUT

MODE TEST CONDITIONS

VREG ENABLED VREG DISABLED

IDDIO (1) IDDA (2) IDD IDDIO (1) IDDA (2)

TYP(3) MAX TYP(3) MAX TYP(3) MAX TYP(3) MAX TYP(3) MAX

Operational

(Flash)

The following peripheral clocks

are enabled:

• ePWM1/2/3/4/5/6/7

• eCAP1

• eQEP1

• eCAN

• LIN

• CLA

• HRPWM

• SCI-A

• SPI-A/B

• ADC

• I2C

• COMP1/2/3

• CPU-TIMER0/1/2

All PWM pins are toggled at

60 kHz.

All I/O pins are left

unconnected.(4) (6)

Code is running out of flash

with 2 wait states.

XCLKOUT is turned off.

114 mA(7) 135 mA(7) 14 mA 18 mA 101 mA(7) 120 mA(7) 14 mA 18 mA 14 mA 18 mA

IDLE

Flash is powered down.

XCLKOUT is turned off.

All peripheral clocks are turned

off.

13 mA 23 mA 10 μA 15 μA 13 mA 24 mA 120 μA 400 μA 10 μA 15 μA

STANDBY Flash is powered down.

Peripheral clocks are off. 4 mA 9 mA 10 μA 15 μA 4 mA 7 mA 120 μA 400 μA 10 μA 15 μA

HALT

Flash is powered down.

Peripheral clocks are off.

Input clock is disabled.(5)

46 μA 10 μA 15 μA 30 μA 24 μA 10 μA 15 μA

(1) IDDIO current is dependent on the electrical loading on the I/O pins.

(2) To realize the IDDA currents shown for IDLE, STANDBY, and HALT, clock to the ADC module must be turned off explicitly by writing to

the PCLKCR0 register.

(3) The TYP numbers are applicable over room temperature and nominal voltage.

(4) The following is done in a loop:

• Data is continuously transmitted out of SPI-A/B, SCI-A, eCAN, LIN, and I2C ports.

• The hardware multiplier is exercised.

• Watchdog is reset.

• ADC is performing continuous conversion.

• COMP1/2 are continuously switching voltages.

• GPIO17 is toggled.

(5) If a quartz crystal or ceramic resonator is used as the clock source, the HALT mode shuts down the on-chip crystal oscillator.

(6) CLA is continuously performing polynomial calculations.

(7) For F2803x devices that do not have CLA, subtract the IDD current number for CLA (see Table 7-1) from the IDD (VREG disabled)/IDDIO

(VREG enabled) current numbers shown in Section 7.5.1 for operational mode.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Note

The peripheral - I/O multiplexing implemented in the device prevents all available peripherals from

being used at the same time. This is because more than one peripheral function may share an I/O

pin. It is, however, possible to turn on the clocks to all the peripherals at the same time, although such

a configuration is not useful. If this is done, the current drawn by the device will be more than the

numbers specified in the current consumption tables.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.5.2 Reducing Current Consumption

The 2803x devices incorporate a method to reduce the device current consumption. Because each peripheral

unit has an individual clock-enable bit, significant reduction in current consumption can be achieved by turning

off the clock to any peripheral module that is not used in a given application. Furthermore, any one of the

three low-power modes could be taken advantage of to reduce the current consumption even further. Table 7-1

indicates the typical reduction in current consumption achieved by turning off the clocks.

Table 7-1. Typical Current Consumption by Various

Peripherals (at 60 MHz)

PERIPHERAL

MODULE(1) (3)

IDD CURRENT

REDUCTION (mA)

ADC 2(2)

I2C 3

ePWM 2

eCAP 2

eQEP 2

SCI 2

SPI 2

COMP/DAC 1

HRPWM 3

HRCAP 3

CPU-TIMER 1

Internal zero-pin oscillator 0.5

CAN 2.5

LIN 1.5

CLA 20

(1) All peripheral clocks (except CPU Timer clock) are disabled

upon reset. Writing to/reading from peripheral registers is

possible only after the peripheral clocks are turned on.

(2) This number represents the current drawn by the digital portion

of the ADC module. Turning off the clock to the ADC module

results in the elimination of the current drawn by the analog

portion of the ADC (IDDA) as well.

(3) For peripherals with multiple instances, the current quoted is per

module. For example, the 2 mA value quoted for ePWM is for

one ePWM module.

Note

IDDIO current consumption is reduced by 15 mA (typical) when XCLKOUT is turned off.

Note

The baseline IDD current (current when the core is executing a dummy loop with no peripherals

enabled) is 40 mA, typical. To arrive at the IDD current for a given application, the current-drawn by the

peripherals (enabled by that application) must be added to the baseline IDD current.

Following are other methods to reduce power consumption further:

• The flash module may be powered down if code is run off SARAM. This results in a current reduction of

18 mA (typical) in the VDD rail and 13 mA (typical) in the VDDIO rail.

• Savings in IDDIO may be realized by disabling the pullups on pins that assume an output function.

• To realize the lowest VDDA current consumption in a low-power mode, see the respective analog chapter

of the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual to ensure each module is

powered down as well.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.5.3 Current Consumption Graphs (VREG Enabled)

Operational Current vs Frequency

100

120

140

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

SYSCLKOUT (MHz)

Operational Current (mA)

IDDIO IDDA

Figure 7-1. Typical Operational Current Versus Frequency (F2803x)

Operational Power vs Frequency

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

SYSCLKOUT (MHz)

Operational Power (mW)

Figure 7-2. Typical Operational Power Versus Frequency (F2803x)

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Typical CLA operational current vs SYSCLKOUT

10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

SYSCLKOUT (MHz)

CLA operational IDDIO current (mA)

Figure 7-3. Typical CLA Operational Current Versus SYSCLKOUT

7.6 Electrical Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)(1)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT

VOH High-level output voltage IOH = IOH MAX 2.4 V

IOH = 50 μA VDDIO – 0.2

VOL Low-level output voltage IOL = IOL MAX 0.4 V

IIL

Input current

(low level)

Pin with pullup

enabled VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = 0 V All GPIO –80 –140 –205

μA

XRS pin –230 –300 –375

Pin with pulldown

enabled VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = 0 V ±2

IIH

Input current

(high level)

Pin with pullup

enabled VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = VDDIO ±2

μA

Pin with pulldown

enabled VDDIO = 3.3 V, VIN = VDDIO 28 50 80

IOZ

Output current, pullup or pulldown

disabled VO = VDDIO or 0 V ±2 μA

CIInput capacitance 2 pF

VDDIO BOR trip point Falling VDDIO 2.50 2.78 2.96 V

VDDIO BOR hysteresis 35 mV

Supervisor reset release delay

time

Time after BOR/POR/OVR event is removed to XRS

release 400 800 μs

VREG VDD output Internal VREG on 1.9 V

(1) When the on-chip VREG is used, its output is monitored by the POR/BOR circuit, which will reset the device should the core voltage

(VDD) go out of range.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.7 Thermal Resistance Characteristics

7.7.1 PN Package

°C/W(1) AIR FLOW (lfm)(2)

RΘJC Junction-to-case thermal resistance 14.2 N/A

RΘJB Junction-to-board thermal resistance 21.9 N/A

RΘJA

(High k PCB) Junction-to-free air thermal resistance

49.9 0

38.3 150

36.7 250

34.4 500

PsiJT Junction-to-package top

0.8 0

1.18 150

1.34 250

1.62 500

PsiJB Junction-to-board

21.6 0

20.7 150

20.5 250

20.1 500

(1) These values are based on a JEDEC defined 2S2P system (with the exception of the Theta JC [RΘJC] value, which is based on

a JEDEC defined 1S0P system) and will change based on environment as well as application. For more information, see these

EIA/JEDEC standards:

• JESD51-2, Integrated Circuits Thermal Test Method Environmental Conditions - Natural Convection (Still Air)

• JESD51-3, Low Effective Thermal Conductivity Test Board for Leaded Surface Mount Packages

• JESD51-7, High Effective Thermal Conductivity Test Board for Leaded Surface Mount Packages

• JESD51-9, Test Boards for Area Array Surface Mount Package Thermal Measurements

(2) lfm = linear feet per minute

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.7.2 PAG Package

°C/W(1) AIR FLOW (lfm)(2)

RΘJC Junction-to-case thermal resistance 7.6 N/A

RΘJB Junction-to-board thermal resistance 31.3 N/A

RΘJA

(High k PCB) Junction-to-free air thermal resistance

56.5 0

44.7 150

42.9 250

40.3 500

PsiJT Junction-to-package top

0.15 0

0.42 150

0.51 250

0.67 500

PsiJB Junction-to-board

31.1 0

29.7 150

29.2 250

28.4 500

(1) These values are based on a JEDEC defined 2S2P system (with the exception of the Theta JC [RΘJC] value, which is based on

a JEDEC defined 1S0P system) and will change based on environment as well as application. For more information, see these

EIA/JEDEC standards:

• JESD51-2, Integrated Circuits Thermal Test Method Environmental Conditions - Natural Convection (Still Air)

• JESD51-3, Low Effective Thermal Conductivity Test Board for Leaded Surface Mount Packages

• JESD51-7, High Effective Thermal Conductivity Test Board for Leaded Surface Mount Packages

• JESD51-9, Test Boards for Area Array Surface Mount Package Thermal Measurements

(2) lfm = linear feet per minute

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.7.3 RSH Package

°C/W(1) AIR FLOW (lfm)(2)

RΘJC Junction-to-case thermal resistance 14.7 N/A

RΘJB Junction-to-board thermal resistance 9.2 N/A

RΘJA

(High k PCB) Junction-to-free air thermal resistance

34.8 0

23.6 150

22.3 250

20.5 500

PsiJT Junction-to-package top

0.24 0

0.36 150

0.43 250

0.56 500

PsiJB Junction-to-board

9.2 0

8.8 150

8.9 250

8.8 500

(1) These values are based on a JEDEC defined 2S2P system (with the exception of the Theta JC [RΘJC] value, which is based on

a JEDEC defined 1S0P system) and will change based on environment as well as application. For more information, see these

EIA/JEDEC standards:

• JESD51-2, Integrated Circuits Thermal Test Method Environmental Conditions - Natural Convection (Still Air)

• JESD51-3, Low Effective Thermal Conductivity Test Board for Leaded Surface Mount Packages

• JESD51-7, High Effective Thermal Conductivity Test Board for Leaded Surface Mount Packages

• JESD51-9, Test Boards for Area Array Surface Mount Package Thermal Measurements

(2) lfm = linear feet per minute

7.8 Thermal Design Considerations

Based on the end application design and operational profile, the IDD and IDDIO currents could vary. Systems

that exceed the recommended maximum power dissipation in the end product may require additional thermal

enhancements. Ambient temperature (TA) varies with the end application and product design. The critical factor

that affects reliability and functionality is TJ, the junction temperature, not the ambient temperature. Hence, care

should be taken to keep TJ within the specified limits. Tcase should be measured to estimate the operating

junction temperature TJ. Tcase is normally measured at the center of the package top-side surface. The thermal

application report Semiconductor and IC Package Thermal Metrics helps to understand the thermal metrics and

definitions.

7.9 JTAG Debug Probe Connection Without Signal Buffering for the MCU

Figure 7-4 shows the connection between the MCU and JTAG header for a single-processor configuration. If

the distance between the JTAG header and the MCU is greater than 6 inches, the emulation signals must be

buffered. If the distance is less than 6 inches, buffering is typically not needed. Figure 7-4 shows the simpler,

no-buffering situation. For the pullup/pulldown resistor values, see Section 6.2, Signal Descriptions.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

w TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

TRST

TMS

TDI

TDO

TCK

VDDIO

MCU

EMU0

EMU1

TRST

TMS

TDI

TDO

TCK

TCK_RET

6 inches or less

GND

JTAG Header

VDDIO

A. See Figure 8-44 for JTAG/GPIO multiplexing.

Figure 7-4. JTAG Debug Probe Connection Without Signal Buffering for the MCU

Note

The 2803x devices do not have EMU0/EMU1 pins. For designs that have a JTAG Header onboard,

the EMU0/EMU1 pins on the header must be tied to VDDIO through a 4.7-kΩ (typical) resistor.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

{5‘ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS II

7.10 Parameter Information

7.10.1 Timing Parameter Symbology

Timing parameter symbols used are created in accordance with JEDEC Standard 100. To shorten the symbols,

some of the pin names and other related terminology have been abbreviated as follows:

Lowercase subscripts and their

meanings:

Letters and symbols and their

meanings:

a access time H High

c cycle time (period) L Low

d delay time V Valid

f fall time X Unknown, changing, or don't care level

h hold time Z High impedance

r rise time

su setup time

t transition time

v valid time

w pulse duration (width)

7.10.2 General Notes on Timing Parameters

All output signals from the 28x devices (including XCLKOUT) are derived from an internal clock such that all

output transitions for a given half-cycle occur with a minimum of skewing relative to each other.

The signal combinations shown in the following timing diagrams may not necessarily represent actual cycles. For

actual cycle examples, see the appropriate cycle description section of this document.

7.11 Test Load Circuit

This test load circuit is used to measure all switching characteristics provided in this document.

Transmission Line

4.0 pF 1.85 pF

Z0 = 50 W(A)

Tester Pin Electronics Data Sheet Timing Reference Point

Output

Under

Test

42 W3.5 nH

Device Pin(B)

A. Input requirements in this data sheet are tested with an input slew rate of < 4 Volts per nanosecond (4 V/ns) at the device pin.

B. The data sheet provides timing at the device pin. For output timing analysis, the tester pin electronics and its transmission line effects

must be taken into account. A transmission line with a delay of 2 ns or longer can be used to produce the desired transmission line

effect. The transmission line is intended as a load only. It is not necessary to add or subtract the transmission line delay (2 ns or longer)

from the data sheet timing.

Figure 7-5. 3.3-V Test Load Circuit

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee

7.12 Power Sequencing

There is no power sequencing requirement needed to ensure the device is in the proper state after reset or to

prevent the I/Os from glitching during power up/down (GPIO19, GPIO34–38 do not have glitch-free I/Os). No

voltage larger than a diode drop (0.7 V) above VDDIO should be applied to any digital pin (for analog pins, this

value is 0.7 V above VDDA) before powering up the device. Voltages applied to pins on an unpowered device can

bias internal p-n junctions in unintended ways and produce unpredictable results.

tw(RSL1)

th(boot-mode)(C)

V V

(3.3 V)

DDIO DDA

INTOSC1

X1/X2

XRS(D)

Boot-Mode

Pins

V (1.8 V)

XCLKOUT

I/O Pins

User-code dependent

Boot-ROM execution starts Peripheral/GPIO function

Based on boot code

GPIO pins as input

GPIO pins as input (state depends on internal PU/PD)

(E)

tOSCST

User-code dependent

Address/Data/

Control

(Internal)

Address/data valid, internal boot-ROM code execution phase

User-code execution phase

td(EX)

tINTOSCST

(A)

(B)

A. Upon power up, SYSCLKOUT is OSCCLK/4. Because the XCLKOUTDIV bits in the XCLK register come up with a reset state of 0,

SYSCLKOUT is further divided by 4 before it appears at XCLKOUT. XCLKOUT = OSCCLK/16 during this phase.

B. Boot ROM configures the DIVSEL bits for /1 operation. XCLKOUT = OSCCLK/4 during this phase. XCLKOUT will not be visible at the

pin until explicitly configured by user code.

C. After reset, the boot ROM code samples Boot Mode pins. Based on the status of the Boot Mode pin, the boot code branches to

destination memory or boot code function. If boot ROM code executes after power-on conditions (in debugger environment), the boot

code execution time is based on the current SYSCLKOUT speed. The SYSCLKOUT will be based on user environment and could be

with or without PLL enabled.

D. Using the XRS pin is optional due to the on-chip power-on reset (POR) circuitry.

E. The internal pullup/pulldown will take effect when BOR is driven high.

Figure 7-6. Power-on Reset

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS / / \_/\_/1\+/\+/\+/\_/‘ \_/\_/\+/\+/\+/\_/‘ K7 55—/‘ \ \ 0'VOVVO'O'OVO'O'O'OVOVO s2.2.2.2¢.2.2.m.2.3.w-—

7.12.1 Reset ( XRS) Timing Requirements

MIN MAX UNIT

th(boot-mode) Hold time for boot-mode pins 1000tc(SCO) cycles

tw(RSL2) Pulse duration, XRS low on warm reset 32tc(OSCCLK) cycles

7.12.2 Reset ( XRS) Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT

tw(RSL1) Pulse duration, XRS driven by device 600 μs

tw(WDRS)

Pulse duration, reset pulse generated by

watchdog 512tc(OSCCLK) cycles

td(EX) Delay time, address/data valid after XRS high 32tc(OSCCLK) cycles

tINTOSCST Start-up time, internal zero-pin oscillator 3 μs

tOSCST (1) On-chip crystal-oscillator start-up time 1 10 ms

(1) Dependent on crystal/resonator and board design.

th(boot-mode)(A)

tw(RSL2)

INTOSC1

X1/X2

XRS

Boot-Mode

Pins

XCLKOUT

I/OPins

Address/Data/

Control

(Internal)

Boot-ROMExecutionStarts

User-CodeExecutionStarts

User-CodeDependent

User-CodeExecutionPhase

User-CodeDependent

User-CodeExecution

Peripheral/GPIOFunction

User-CodeDependent

GPIOPinsasInput(StateDependsonInternalPU/PD)

GPIOPinsasInput Peripheral/GPIOFunction

td(EX)

A. After reset, the Boot ROM code samples BOOT Mode pins. Based on the status of the Boot Mode pin, the boot code branches to

destination memory or boot code function. If Boot ROM code executes after power-on conditions (in debugger environment), the Boot

code execution time is based on the current SYSCLKOUT speed. The SYSCLKOUT will be based on user environment and could be

with or without PLL enabled.

Figure 7-7. Warm Reset

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS T T

Figure 7-8 shows an example for the effect of writing into PLLCR register. In the first phase, PLLCR = 0x0004

and SYSCLKOUT = OSCCLK x 2. The PLLCR is then written with 0x0008. Right after the PLLCR register is

written, the PLL lock-up phase begins. During this phase, SYSCLKOUT = OSCCLK/2. After the PLL lock-up is

complete, SYSCLKOUT reflects the new operating frequency, OSCCLK x 4.

OSCCLK

SYSCLKOUT

WritetoPLLCR

OSCCLK*2

(CurrentCPU

Frequency)

OSCCLK/2

(CPUfrequencywhilePLL isstabilizing

withthedesiredfrequency.Thisperiod

(PLL lock-uptimet )is1mslong.)

OSCCLK*4

(ChangedCPUfrequency)

Figure 7-8. Example of Effect of Writing Into PLLCR Register

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.13 Clock Specifications

7.13.1 Device Clock Table

This section provides the timing requirements and switching characteristics for the various clock options

available on the 2803x MCUs. Section 7.13.1.1 lists the cycle times of various clocks.

7.13.1.1 2803x Clock Table and Nomenclature (60-MHz Devices)

MIN NOM MAX UNIT

SYSCLKOUT tc(SCO), Cycle time 16.67 500 ns

Frequency 2 60 MHz

LSPCLK(1) tc(LCO), Cycle time 16.67 66.67(2) ns

Frequency 15(2) 60 MHz

ADC clock tc(ADCCLK), Cycle time 16.67 ns

Frequency 60 MHz

(1) Lower LSPCLK will reduce device power consumption.

(2) This is the default reset value if SYSCLKOUT = 60 MHz.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.13.1.2 Device Clocking Requirements/Characteristics

MIN NOM MAX UNIT

On-chip oscillator (X1/X2 pins)

(Crystal/Resonator)

tc(OSC), Cycle time 50 200 ns

Frequency 5 20 MHz

External oscillator/clock source

(XCLKIN pin) — PLL Enabled

tc(CI), Cycle time (C8) 33.3 200 ns

Frequency 5 30 MHz

External oscillator/clock source

(XCLKIN pin) — PLL Disabled

tc(CI), Cycle time (C8) 33.33 250 ns

Frequency 4 30 MHz

Limp mode SYSCLKOUT

(with /2 enabled) Frequency range 1 to 5 MHz

XCLKOUT tc(XCO), Cycle time (C1) 66.67 2000 ns

Frequency 0.5 15 MHz

PLL lock time(1) tp1 ms

(1) The PLLLOCKPRD register must be updated based on the number of OSCCLK cycles. If the zero-pin internal oscillators (10 MHz) are

used as the clock source, then the PLLLOCKPRD register must be written with a value of 10,000 (minimum).

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.13.1.3 Internal Zero-Pin Oscillator (INTOSC1/INTOSC2) Characteristics

PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNIT

Internal zero-pin oscillator 1 (INTOSC1) at 30°C(1) (2) Frequency 10.000 MHz

Internal zero-pin oscillator 2 (INTOSC2) at 30°C(1) (2) Frequency 10.000 MHz

Step size (coarse trim) 55 kHz

Step size (fine trim) 14 kHz

Temperature drift(3) 3.03 4.85 kHz/°C

Voltage (VDD) drift(3) 175 Hz/mV

(1) Oscillator frequency will vary over temperature, see Figure 7-9. To compensate for oscillator temperature drift, see the Oscillator

Compensation Guide and C2000Ware.

(2) Frequency range ensured only when VREG is enabled, VREGENZ = VSS.

(3) Output frequency of the internal oscillators follows the direction of both the temperature gradient and voltage (VDD) gradient. For

example:

• Increase in temperature will cause the output frequency to increase per the temperature coefficient.

• Decrease in voltage (VDD) will cause the output frequency to decrease per the voltage coefficient.

Zero-Pin Oscillator Frequency Movement With Temperature

9.6

9.7

9.8

9.9

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

–40 –30 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

Temperature (°C)

Output Frequency (MHz)

Typical

Max

Figure 7-9. Zero-Pin Oscillator Frequency Movement With Temperature

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

w TEXAS INSTRUMENTS nww ﬂ ‘ #\ uwww kw uxx nwwww uwww

7.13.2 Clock Requirements and Characteristics

7.13.2.1 XCLKIN Timing Requirements – PLL Enabled

NO. MIN MAX UNIT

C9 tf(CI) Fall time, XCLKIN 6 ns

C10 tr(CI) Rise time, XCLKIN 6 ns

C11 tw(CIL) Pulse duration, XCLKIN low as a percentage of tc(OSCCLK) 45% 55%

C12 tw(CIH) Pulse duration, XCLKIN high as a percentage of tc(OSCCLK) 45% 55%

7.13.2.2 XCLKIN Timing Requirements – PLL Disabled

NO. MIN MAX UNIT

C9 tf(Cl) Fall time, XCLKIN Up to 20 MHz 6 ns

20 MHz to 30 MHz 2

C10 tr(CI) Rise time, XCLKIN Up to 20 MHz 6 ns

20 MHz to 30 MHz 2

C11 tw(CIL)

Pulse duration, XCLKIN low as a percentage of

tc(OSCCLK)

45% 55%

C12 tw(CIH)

Pulse duration, XCLKIN high as a percentage of

tc(OSCCLK)

45% 55%

The possible configuration modes are shown in Table 8-17.

7.13.2.3 XCLKOUT Switching Characteristics (PLL Bypassed or Enabled)

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)(1) (2)

NO. PARAMETER MIN MAX UNIT

C3 tf(XCO) Fall time, XCLKOUT 5 ns

C4 tr(XCO) Rise time, XCLKOUT 5 ns

C5 tw(XCOL) Pulse duration, XCLKOUT low H – 2 H + 2 ns

C6 tw(XCOH) Pulse duration, XCLKOUT high H – 2 H + 2 ns

(1) A load of 40 pF is assumed for these parameters.

(2) H = 0.5tc(XCO)

XCLKOUT(B)

XCLKIN(A)

C10

A. The relationship of XCLKIN to XCLKOUT depends on the divide factor chosen. The waveform relationship shown is intended to

illustrate the timing parameters only and may differ based on actual configuration.

B. XCLKOUT configured to reflect SYSCLKOUT.

Figure 7-10. Clock Timing

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.14 Flash Timing

7.14.1 Flash/OTP Endurance for T Temperature Material

ERASE/PROGRAM

TEMPERATURE(1) MIN TYP MAX UNIT

NfFlash endurance for the array (write/erase cycles) 0°C to 105°C (ambient) 20000 50000 cycles

NOTP OTP endurance for the array (write cycles) 0°C to 30°C (ambient) 1 write

(1) Write/erase operations outside of the temperature ranges indicated are not specified and may affect the endurance numbers.

7.14.2 Flash/OTP Endurance for S Temperature Material

ERASE/PROGRAM

TEMPERATURE(1) MIN TYP MAX UNIT

NfFlash endurance for the array (write/erase cycles) 0°C to 125°C (ambient) 20000 50000 cycles

NOTP OTP endurance for the array (write cycles) 0°C to 30°C (ambient) 1 write

(1) Write/erase operations outside of the temperature ranges indicated are not specified and may affect the endurance numbers.

7.14.3 Flash/OTP Endurance for Q Temperature Material

ERASE/PROGRAM

TEMPERATURE(1) MIN TYP MAX UNIT

NfFlash endurance for the array (write/erase cycles) –40°C to 125°C (ambient) 20000 50000 cycles

NOTP OTP endurance for the array (write cycles) –40°C to 30°C (ambient) 1 write

(1) Write/erase operations outside of the temperature ranges indicated are not specified and may affect the endurance numbers.

7.14.4 Flash Parameters at 60-MHz SYSCLKOUT

PARAMETER TEST

CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT

Program Time(1) 8K Sector 250 2000(2) ms

4K Sector 125 2000(2) ms

16-Bit Word 50

Erase Time(3) 8K Sector 2 12(2) μs

4K Sector 2 12(2) s

IDDP (4) VDD current consumption during Erase/Program cycle VREG

disabled

80 mA

IDDIOP (4) VDDIO current consumption during Erase/Program cycle 60 mA

IDDIOP (4) VDDIO current consumption during Erase/Program cycle VREG

enabled

120 mA

(1) Program time is at the maximum device frequency. The programming time indicated in this table is applicable only when all the

required code/data is available in the device RAM, ready for programming. Program time includes overhead of the flash state machine

but does not include the time to transfer the following into RAM:

• the code that uses flash API to program the flash

• the Flash API itself

• Flash data to be programmed

(2) Maximum flash parameter mentioned are for the first 100 program and erase cycles.

(3) The on-chip flash memory is in an erased state when the device is shipped from TI. As such, erasing the flash memory is not required

prior to programming, when programming the device for the first time. However, the erase operation is needed on all subsequent

programming operations.

(4) Typical parameters as seen at room temperature including function call overhead, with all peripherals off. It is important to maintain

a stable power supply during the entire flash programming process. It is conceivable that device current consumption during flash

programming could be higher than normal operating conditions. The power supply used should ensure VMIN on the supply rails at

all times, as specified in the Recommended Operating Conditions of the data sheet. Any brown-out or interruption to power during

erasing/programming could potentially corrupt the password locations and lock the device permanently. Powering a target board

(during flash programming) through the USB port is not recommended, as the port may be unable to respond to the power demands

placed during the programming process.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

7.14.5 Flash/OTP Access Timing

PARAMETER MIN MAX UNIT

ta(fp) Paged Flash access time 40 ns

ta(fr) Random Flash access time 40 ns

ta(OTP) OTP access time 60 ns

7.14.6 Flash Data Retention Duration

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT

tretention Data retention duration TJ = 55°C 15 years

Table 7-2. Minimum Required Flash/OTP Wait States at Different Frequencies

SYSCLKOUT

(MHz)

SYSCLKOUT

(ns)

PAGE

WAIT STATE(1)

RANDOM

WAIT STATE(1)

OTP

WAIT STATE

60 16.67 2 2 3

55 18.18 2 2 3

50 20 1 1 2

45 22.22 1 1 2

40 25 1 1 2

35 28.57 1 1 2

30 33.33 1 1 1

25 40 0 1 1

(1) Random wait state must be ≥ 1.

The equations to compute the Flash page wait state and random wait state in Table 7-2 are as follows:

integerhighestnextthetoupround1StateWaitPageFlash

)(

é-

=·

SCOc

pfa

largeriswhichever1,orinteger,highestnextthetoupround1StateWaitRandomFlash ú

é-

=×

c(SCO)

r)a(f

The equation to compute the OTP wait state in Table 7-2 is as follows:

largeriswhichever1,orinteger,highestnextthetoupround1StateWaitOTP ú

é-

c(SCO)

a(OTP)

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8 Detailed Description

8.1 Overview

8.1.1 CPU

The 2803x (C28x) family is a member of the TMS320C2000™ microcontroller (MCU) platform. The C28x-based

controllers have the same 32-bit fixed-point architecture as existing C28x MCUs. It is a very efficient C/C++

engine, enabling users to develop not only their system control software in a high-level language, but also

enabling development of math algorithms using C/C++. The device is as efficient at MCU math tasks as it is at

system control tasks that typically are handled by microcontroller devices. This efficiency removes the need for

a second processor in many systems. The 32 × 32-bit MAC 64-bit processing capabilities enable the controller

to handle higher numerical resolution problems efficiently. Add to this the fast interrupt response with automatic

context save of critical registers, resulting in a device that is capable of servicing many asynchronous events

with minimal latency. The device has an 8-level-deep protected pipeline with pipelined memory accesses. This

pipelining enables it to execute at high speeds without resorting to expensive high-speed memories. Special

branch-look-ahead hardware minimizes the latency for conditional discontinuities. Special store conditional

operations further improve performance.

8.1.2 Control Law Accelerator (CLA)

The C28x control law accelerator is a single-precision (32-bit) floating-point unit that extends the capabilities of

the C28x CPU by adding parallel processing. The CLA is an independent processor with its own bus structure,

fetch mechanism, and pipeline. Eight individual CLA tasks, or routines, can be specified. Each task is started

by software or a peripheral such as the ADC, an ePWM, or CPU Timer 0. The CLA executes one task at

a time to completion. When a task completes the main CPU is notified by an interrupt to the PIE and the

CLA automatically begins the next highest-priority pending task. The CLA can directly access the ADC Result

registers and the ePWM+HRPWM registers. Dedicated message RAMs provide a method to pass additional

data between the main CPU and the CLA.

8.1.3 Memory Bus (Harvard Bus Architecture)

As with many MCU-type devices, multiple buses are used to move data between the memories and peripherals

and the CPU. The memory bus architecture contains a program read bus, data read bus, and data write bus.

The program read bus consists of 22 address lines and 32 data lines. The data read and write buses consist

of 32 address lines and 32 data lines each. The 32-bit-wide data buses enable single cycle 32-bit operations.

The multiple bus architecture, commonly termed Harvard Bus, enables the C28x to fetch an instruction, read a

data value and write a data value in a single cycle. All peripherals and memories attached to the memory bus

prioritize memory accesses. Generally, the priority of memory bus accesses can be summarized as follows:

Highest: Data Writes (Simultaneous data and program writes cannot occur on the memory bus.)

Program Writes (Simultaneous data and program writes cannot occur on the memory bus.)

Data Reads

Program Reads (Simultaneous program reads and fetches cannot occur on the

memory bus.)

Lowest: Fetches (Simultaneous program reads and fetches cannot occur on the

memory bus.)

8.1.4 Peripheral Bus

To enable migration of peripherals between various Texas Instruments (TI) MCU family of devices, the devices

adopt a peripheral bus standard for peripheral interconnect. The peripheral bus bridge multiplexes the various

buses that make up the processor Memory Bus into a single bus consisting of 16 address lines and 16

or 32 data lines and associated control signals. Three versions of the peripheral bus are supported. One

version supports only 16-bit accesses (called peripheral frame 2). Another version supports both 16- and 32-bit

accesses (called peripheral frame 1). The third version supports CLA access and both 16- and 32-bit accesses

(called peripheral frame 3).

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.1.5 Real-Time JTAG and Analysis

The devices implement the standard IEEE 1149.1 (IEEE Standard 1149.1-1990 Standard Test Access Port

and Boundary Scan Architecture) JTAG interface for in-circuit based debug. Additionally, the devices support

real-time mode of operation allowing modification of the contents of memory, peripheral, and register locations

while the processor is running and executing code and servicing interrupts. The user can also single step

through non-time-critical code while enabling time-critical interrupts to be serviced without interference. The

device implements the real-time mode in hardware within the CPU. This is a feature unique to the 28x family of

devices, requiring no software monitor. Additionally, special analysis hardware is provided that allows setting of

hardware breakpoint or data/address watch-points and generating various user-selectable break events when a

match occurs.

8.1.6 Flash

The F28035/34 devices contain 64K × 16 of embedded flash memory, segregated into eight 8K × 16 sectors.

The F28033/32/31 devices contain 32K × 16 of embedded flash memory, segregated into eight 4K × 16 sectors.

The F28030 device contains 16K × 16 of embedded flash memory, segregated into four 4K × 16 sectors. All

devices also contain a single 1K × 16 of OTP memory at address range 0x3D 7800 to 0x3D 7BFF. The user can

individually erase, program, and validate a flash sector while leaving other sectors untouched. However, it is not

possible to use one sector of the flash or the OTP to execute flash algorithms that erase/program other sectors.

Special memory pipelining is provided to enable the flash module to achieve higher performance. The flash/OTP

is mapped to both program and data space; therefore, it can be used to execute code or store data information.

Addresses 0x3F 7FF0 to 0x3F 7FF5 are reserved for data variables and should not contain program code.

Note

The Flash and OTP wait states can be configured by the application. This allows applications running

at slower frequencies to configure the flash to use fewer wait states.

Flash effective performance can be improved by enabling the flash pipeline mode in the Flash options

than the raw performance indicated by the wait-state configuration alone. The exact performance gain

when using the Flash pipeline mode is application-dependent.

For more information on the Flash options, Flash wait state, and OTP wait-state registers, see

the System Control chapter in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference

Manual.

8.1.7 M0, M1 SARAMs

All devices contain these two blocks of single access memory, each 1K × 16 in size. The stack pointer points

to the beginning of block M1 on reset. The M0 and M1 blocks, like all other memory blocks on C28x devices,

are mapped to both program and data space. Hence, the user can use M0 and M1 to execute code or for data

variables. The partitioning is performed within the linker. The C28x device presents a unified memory map to the

programmer. This makes for easier programming in high-level languages.

8.1.8 L0 SARAM, and L1, L2, and L3 DPSARAMs

The device contains up to 8K × 16 of single-access RAM. To ascertain the exact size for a given device, see

the device-specific memory map figures in Section 8.2. This block is mapped to both program and data space.

Block L0 is 2K in size and is dual mapped to both program and data space. Blocks L1 and L2 are both 1K in size

and are shared with the CLA which can ultilize these blocks for its data space. Block L3 is 4K (2K on the 28031

device) in size and is shared with the CLA which can ultilize this block for its program space. DPSARAM refers

to the dual-port configuration of these blocks.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.1.9 Boot ROM

The Boot ROM is factory-programmed with bootloader software. The Boot ROM uses the boot-mode-select

GPIO pins to determine what boot mode to use upon power up. The user can select to boot normally to

application code, to download new software from an external connection, or to select boot software that is

programmed in the internal Flash/ROM. The Boot ROM also contains standard tables, such as SIN/COS

waveforms, for use in math-related algorithms. The boot-ROM content, and hence the checksum value, may

vary for different silicon revisions. For details, see the Boot ROM chapter in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time

Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

Table 8-1. Boot Mode Selection

MODE GPIO37/TDO GPIO34/COMP2OUT/

COMP3OUT TRST MODE

3 1 1 0 GetMode

2 1 0 0 Wait (see Section 8.1.10 for description)

1 0 1 0 SCI

0 0 0 0 Parallel IO

EMU x x 1 Emulation Boot

8.1.9.1 Emulation Boot

When the JTAG debug probe is connected, the GPIO37/TDO pin cannot be used for boot mode selection. In

this case, the boot ROM detects that a JTAG debug probe is connected and uses the contents of two reserved

SARAM locations in the PIE vector table to determine the boot mode. If the content of either location is invalid,

then the Wait boot option is used. All boot mode options can be accessed in emulation boot.

8.1.9.2 GetMode

The default behavior of the GetMode option is to boot to flash. This behavior can be changed to another boot

option by programming two locations in the OTP. If the content of either OTP location is invalid, then boot to flash

is used. One of the following loaders can be specified: SCI, SPI, I2C, CAN, or OTP.

8.1.9.3 Peripheral Pins Used by the Bootloader

Table 8-2 shows which GPIO pins are used by each peripheral bootloader. Refer to the GPIO mux table to see if

these conflict with any of the peripherals you would like to use in your application.

Table 8-2. Peripheral Bootload Pins

BOOTLOADER PERIPHERAL LOADER PINS

SCI SCIRXDA (GPIO28)

SCITXDA (GPIO29)

Parallel Boot Data (GPIO31,30,5:0)

28x Control (AIO6)

Host Control (AIO12)

SPI SPISIMOA (GPIO16)

SPISOMIA (GPIO17)

SPICLKA (GPIO18)

SPISTEA (GPIO19)

I2C SDAA (GPIO32)

SCLA (GPIO33)

CAN CANRXA (GPIO30)

CANTXA (GPIO31)

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.1.10 Security

The devices support high levels of security to protect the user firmware from being reverse engineered. The

security features a 128-bit password (hardcoded for 16 wait states), which the user programs into the flash.

One code security module (CSM) is used to protect the flash/OTP and the L0/L1 SARAM blocks. The security

feature prevents unauthorized users from examining the memory contents through the JTAG port or trying to

boot-load some undesirable software that would export the secure memory contents. To enable access to the

secure blocks, the user must write the correct 128-bit KEY value that matches the value stored in the password

locations within the Flash.

In addition to the CSM, the emulation code security logic (ECSL) has been implemented to prevent unauthorized

users from stepping through secure code. Any code or data access to flash, user OTP, or Lx memory while

the JTAG debug probe is connected will trip the ECSL and break the debug probe connection. To allow debug

of secure code, while maintaining the CSM protection against secure memory reads, the user must write the

correct value into the lower 64 bits of the KEY register (KEY0–KEY3), which matches the value stored in

the lower 64 bits of the password locations (PWL0–PWL3) within the flash. Dummy reads of all 128 bits of

the password in the flash must still be performed. If the lower 64 bits of the password locations are all ones

(unprogrammed), then the KEY value does not need to match. During debug of secure code, operations like

single-stepping is possible. However, the actual contents of the secure memory cannot be seen in the CCS

window.

When power is applied to a secure device that is connected to a JTAG debug probe, the CPU will start executing

and may execute an instruction that performs an access to a protected area. If this happens, the ECSL will trip

and cause the JTAG circuitry to be deactivated. Under this condition, a host (such as a computer running CCS or

flash programing software) would not be able to establish connection with the device.

The solution is to use the Wait boot option. In this mode, code loops around a software breakpoint to allow a

JTAG debug probe to be connected without tripping security. The user can then exit this mode once the JTAG

debug probe is connected by using one of the emulation boot options as described in the Boot ROM chapter

in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual. These devices do not support a

hardware wait-in-reset mode.

If reprogramming of a secure device via JTAG is desired, it is important to put in the needed hooks in the board

design to be able to put the device in Wait boot mode upon power-up. Otherwise, ECSL may deactivate the

JTAG circuitry and prevent connection to the device, as mentioned earlier.

Note

• When the code-security passwords are programmed, all addresses from 0x3F7F80 to 0x3F7FF5

cannot be used as program code or data. These locations must be programmed to 0x0000.

• If reprogramming of a secure device via JTAG may be needed in future, it is important to design

the board in such a way that the device could be put in Wait boot mode upon power-up (when

reprogramming is warranted). Otherwise, ECSL may deactivate the JTAG circuitry and prevent

connection to the device, as mentioned earlier. If reconfiguring the device for Wait boot mode in

the field is not practical, some mechanism must be implemented in the firmware to detect when a

firmware update is warranted. Code could then branch to the desired bootloader in the bootROM. It

could also branch to the Wait bootmode, at which point the JTAG debug probe could be connected,

device unsecured and programming accomplished through JTAG itself.

• If the code security feature is not used, addresses 0x3F7F80 to 0x3F7FEF may be used for code

or data. Addresses 0x3F7FF0 to 0x3F7FF5 are reserved for data and should not contain program

code.

The 128-bit password (at 0x3F 7FF8 to 0x3F 7FFF) must not be programmed to zeros. Doing so

would permanently lock the device.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Code Security Module Disclaimer

THE CODE SECURITY MODULE (CSM) INCLUDED ON THIS DEVICE WAS DESIGNED TO

PASSWORD PROTECT THE DATA STORED IN THE ASSOCIATED MEMORY (EITHER ROM

OR FLASH) AND IS WARRANTED BY TEXAS INSTRUMENTS (TI), IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS, TO CONFORM TO TI'S PUBLISHED SPECIFICATIONS

FOR THE WARRANTY PERIOD APPLICABLE FOR THIS DEVICE.

TI DOES NOT, HOWEVER, WARRANT OR REPRESENT THAT THE CSM CANNOT BE

COMPROMISED OR BREACHED OR THAT THE DATA STORED IN THE ASSOCIATED MEMORY

CANNOT BE ACCESSED THROUGH OTHER MEANS. MOREOVER, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH

ABOVE, TI MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING THE CSM OR

OPERATION OF THIS DEVICE, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY

OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IN NO EVENT SHALL TI BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT,

INCIDENTAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, HOWEVER CAUSED, ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF

YOUR USE OF THE CSM OR THIS DEVICE, WHETHER OR NOT TI HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE

POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. EXCLUDED DAMAGES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED

TO LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF GOODWILL, LOSS OF USE OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS OR

OTHER ECONOMIC LOSS.

8.1.11 Peripheral Interrupt Expansion (PIE) Block

The PIE block serves to multiplex numerous interrupt sources into a smaller set of interrupt inputs. The PIE

block can support up to 96 peripheral interrupts. On the F2803x, 56 of the possible 96 interrupts are used by

peripherals. The 96 interrupts are grouped into blocks of 8 and each group is fed into 1 of 12 CPU interrupt lines

(INT1 to INT12). Each of the 96 interrupts is supported by its own vector stored in a dedicated RAM block that

can be overwritten by the user. The vector is automatically fetched by the CPU on servicing the interrupt. It takes

8 CPU clock cycles to fetch the vector and save critical CPU registers. Hence the CPU can quickly respond to

interrupt events. Prioritization of interrupts is controlled in hardware and software. Each individual interrupt can

be enabled/disabled within the PIE block.

8.1.12 External Interrupts (XINT1–XINT3)

The devices support three masked external interrupts (XINT1–XINT3). Each of the interrupts can be selected

for negative, positive, or both negative and positive edge triggering and can also be enabled/disabled. These

interrupts also contain a 16-bit free running up counter, which is reset to zero when a valid interrupt edge is

detected. This counter can be used to accurately time stamp the interrupt. There are no dedicated pins for the

external interrupts. XINT1, XINT2, and XINT3 interrupts can accept inputs from GPIO0–GPIO31 pins.

8.1.13 Internal Zero Pin Oscillators, Oscillator, and PLL

The device can be clocked by either of the two internal zero-pin oscillators, an external oscillator, or by a crystal

attached to the on-chip oscillator circuit . A PLL is provided supporting up to 12 input-clock-scaling ratios. The

PLL ratios can be changed on-the-fly in software, enabling the user to scale back on operating frequency if lower

power operation is desired. Refer to Section 7, Electrical Specifications, for timing details. The PLL block can be

set in bypass mode.

8.1.14 Watchdog

Each device contains two watchdogs: CPU watchdog that monitors the core and NMI watchdog that is a missing

clock-detect circuit. The user software must regularly reset the CPU watchdog counter within a certain time

frame; otherwise, the CPU watchdog generates a reset to the processor. The CPU watchdog can be disabled if

necessary. The NMI watchdog engages only in case of a clock failure and can either generate an interrupt or a

device reset.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.1.15 Peripheral Clocking

The clocks to each individual peripheral can be enabled/disabled to reduce power consumption when a

peripheral is not in use. Additionally, the system clock to the serial ports (except I2C) can be scaled relative

to the CPU clock.

8.1.16 Low-power Modes

The devices are full static CMOS devices. Three low-power modes are provided:

IDLE: Place CPU in low-power mode. Peripheral clocks may be turned off selectively and only

those peripherals that must function during IDLE are left operating. An enabled interrupt

from an active peripheral or the watchdog timer will wake the processor from IDLE mode.

STANDBY: Turns off clock to CPU and peripherals. This mode leaves the oscillator and PLL functional.

An external interrupt event will wake the processor and the peripherals. Execution begins

on the next valid cycle after detection of the interrupt event

HALT: This mode basically shuts down the device and places it in the lowest possible power

consumption mode. If the internal zero-pin oscillators are used as the clock source, the

HALT mode turns them off, by default. To keep these oscillators from shutting down, the

INTOSCnHALTI bits in CLKCTL register may be used. The zero-pin oscillators may thus

be used to clock the CPU watchdog in this mode. If the on-chip crystal oscillator is used

as the clock source, it is shut down in this mode. A reset or an external signal (through a

GPIO pin) or the CPU watchdog can wake the device from this mode.

The CPU clock (OSCCLK) and watchdog clock source should be from the same clock source before attempting

to put the device into HALT or STANDBY.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.1.17 Peripheral Frames 0, 1, 2, 3 (PFn)

The device segregates peripherals into four sections. The mapping of peripherals is as follows:

PF0: PIE: PIE Interrupt Enable and Control Registers Plus PIE Vector Table

Flash: Flash Waitstate Registers

Timers: CPU-Timers 0, 1, 2 Registers

CSM: Code Security Module KEY Registers

ADC: ADC Result Registers

CLA Control Law Accelrator Registers and Message RAMs

PF1: GPIO: GPIO MUX Configuration and Control Registers

eCAN: Enhanced Control Area Network Configuration and Control Registers

LIN: Local Interconnect Network Configuration and Control Registers

eCAP: Enhanced Capture Module and Registers

eQEP: Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse Module and Registers

HRCAP: High-Resolution Capture Module and Registers

PF2: SYS: System Control Registers

SCI: Serial Communications Interface (SCI) Control and RX/TX Registers

SPI: Serial Port Interface (SPI) Control and RX/TX Registers

ADC: ADC Status, Control, and Configuration Registers

I2C: Inter-Integrated Circuit Module and Registers

XINT: External Interrupt Registers

PF3: ePWM: Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator Module and Registers

HRPWM: High-Resolution Pulse-Width Modulator Registers

Comparators: Comparator Modules

8.1.18 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Multiplexer

Most of the peripheral signals are multiplexed with general-purpose input/output (GPIO) signals. This enables

the user to use a pin as GPIO if the peripheral signal or function is not used. On reset, GPIO pins are configured

as inputs. The user can individually program each pin for GPIO mode or peripheral signal mode. For specific

inputs, the user can also select the number of input qualification cycles. This is to filter unwanted noise glitches.

The GPIO signals can also be used to bring the device out of specific low-power modes.

8.1.19 32-Bit CPU-Timers (0, 1, 2)

CPU-Timers 0, 1, and 2 are identical 32-bit timers with presettable periods and with 16-bit clock prescaling.

The timers have a 32-bit count-down register, which generates an interrupt when the counter reaches zero. The

counter is decremented at the CPU clock speed divided by the prescale value setting. When the counter reaches

zero, it is automatically reloaded with a 32-bit period value.

CPU-Timer 0 is for general use and is connected to the PIE block. CPU-Timer 1 is also for general use and can

be connected to INT13 of the CPU. CPU-Timer 2 is reserved for DSP/BIOS. It is connected to INT14 of the CPU.

If DSP/BIOS is not being used, CPU-Timer 2 is available for general use.

CPU-Timer 2 can be clocked by any one of the following:

• SYSCLKOUT (default)

• Internal zero-pin oscillator 1 (INTOSC1)

• Internal zero-pin oscillator 2 (INTOSC2)

• External clock source

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.1.20 Control Peripherals

The devices support the following peripherals that are used for embedded control and communication:

ePWM: The enhanced PWM peripheral supports independent/complementary PWM generation,

adjustable dead-band generation for leading/trailing edges, latched/cycle-by-cycle trip

mechanism. Some of the PWM pins support the HRPWM high resolution duty and

period features. The type 1 module found on 2803x devices also supports increased

dead-band resolution, enhanced SOC and interrupt generation, and advanced

triggering including trip functions based on comparator outputs.

eCAP: The enhanced capture peripheral uses a 32-bit time base and registers up to four

programmable events in continuous/one-shot capture modes.

This peripheral can also be configured to generate an auxiliary PWM signal.

eQEP: The enhanced QEP peripheral uses a 32-bit position counter, supports low-speed

measurement using capture unit and high-speed measurement using a 32-bit unit timer.

This peripheral has a watchdog timer to detect motor stall and input error detection logic

to identify simultaneous edge transition in QEP signals.

ADC: The ADC block is a 12-bit converter. It has up to 16 single-ended channels pinned

out, depending on the device. It contains two sample-and-hold units for simultaneous

sampling.

Comparator: Each comparator block consists of one analog comparator along with an internal 10-bit

reference for supplying one input of the comparator.

HRCAP: The high-resolution capture peripheral operates in normal capture mode through a

16-bit counter clocked off of the HCCAPCLK or in high-resolution capture mode by

utilizing built-in calibration logic in conjunction with a TI-supplied calibration library.

8.1.21 Serial Port Peripherals

The devices support the following serial communication peripherals:

SPI: The SPI is a high-speed, synchronous serial I/O port that allows a serial bit stream

of programmed length (1 to 16 bits) to be shifted into and out of the device at a

programmable bit-transfer rate. Normally, the SPI is used for communications between

the MCU and external peripherals or another processor. Typical applications include

external I/O or peripheral expansion through devices such as shift registers, display

drivers, and ADCs. Multidevice communications are supported by the master/slave

operation of the SPI. The SPI contains a 4-level receive and transmit FIFO for reducing

interrupt servicing overhead.

SCI: The serial communications interface is a two-wire asynchronous serial port, commonly

known as UART. The SCI contains a 4-level receive and transmit FIFO for reducing

interrupt servicing overhead.

I2C: The inter-integrated circuit (I2C) module provides an interface between an MCU

and other devices compliant with Philips Semiconductors Inter-IC bus ( I2C-bus®)

specification version 2.1 and connected by way of an I2C-bus. External components

attached to this 2-wire serial bus can transmit/receive up to 8-bit data to/from the MCU

through the I2C module. The I2C contains a 4-level receive and transmit FIFO for

reducing interrupt servicing overhead.

eCAN: This is the enhanced version of the CAN peripheral. It supports 32 mailboxes, time

stamping of messages, and is compliant with ISO11898-1 (CAN 2.0B).

LIN: LIN 1.3 or 2.0 compatible peripheral. Can also be configured as additional SCI port

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.2 Memory Maps

In Figure 8-1 through Figure 8-4, the following apply:

• Memory blocks are not to scale.

• Peripheral Frame 0, Peripheral Frame 1, Peripheral Frame 2, and Peripheral Frame 3 memory maps are

restricted to data memory only. A user program cannot access these memory maps in program space.

•Protected means the order of Write-followed-by-Read operations is preserved rather than the pipeline order.

• Certain memory ranges are EALLOW protected against spurious writes after configuration.

• Locations 0x3D7C80 to 0x3D7CC0 contain the internal oscillator and ADC calibration routines. These

locations are not programmable by the user.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

M0 Vector RAM (Enabled if VMAP = 0)

M0 SARAM (1K 16, 0-Wait)´

0x00 0000

0x00 0040

M1 SARAM (1K 16, 0-Wait)´

0x00 0400

Data Space Prog Space

Reserved

0x00 2000 Reserved

Peripheral Frame 1

(1K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6000

Peripheral Frame 3

(1.5K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6400

Peripheral Frame 1

(1.5K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6A00

Peripheral Frame 2

(4K 16, Protected)´

0x00 7000

Reserved

Peripheral Frame 0

0x00 0800

Peripheral Frame 0

0x00 1580

0x00 0D00 PIE Vector - RAM

(256 16)

(Enabled if

VMAP = 1,

ENPIE = 1)

0x00 1400

0x00 0E00

0x00 1500

0x00 1480

CPU-to-CLA Message RAM

CLA-to-CPU Message RAM

CLA Registers

Peripheral Frame 0

0x00 8000 L0 SARAM (2K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, Dual-Mapped)

0x00 8800 L1 DPSARAM (1K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Data RAM 0)

0x00 8C00 L2 DPSARAM (1K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Data RAM 1)

0x00 9000 L3 DPSARAM (4K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Prog RAM)

0x3D 7800 User OTP (1K 16, Secure Zone + ECSL)´

0x3D 7C80 Calibration Data

0x00 A000 Reserved

0x3D 7C00 Reserved

FLASH

(64K 16, 8 Sectors, Secure Zone + ECSL)´

L0 SARAM (2K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, Dual-Mapped)

128-Bit Password

Boot ROM (8K 16, 0-Wait)´

Vector (32 Vectors, Enabled if VMAP = 1)

0x3E 8000

0x3F 7FF8

0x3F 8000

0x3F 8800

0x3F E000

0x3F FFC0

Reserved

0x3D 7EB0

Reserved

0x3D 7CC0 Get_mode function

0x3D 7CE0 Reserved

0x3D 7E80 PARTID

Calibration Data

A. CLA-specific registers and RAM apply to the 28035 device only.

B. Memory locations 0x3D7E80-0x3D7EAF are reserved in TMX silicon.

Figure 8-1. 28034/28035 Memory Map

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

M0 Vector RAM (Enabled if VMAP = 0)

M0 SARAM (1K 16, 0-Wait)´

0x00 0000

0x00 0040

M1 SARAM (1K 16, 0-Wait)´

0x00 0400

Data Space Prog Space

Reserved

0x00 2000 Reserved

Peripheral Frame 0

0x00 0800

Peripheral Frame 0

0x00 1580

0x00 0D00 PIE Vector - RAM

(256 16)´

(Enabled if

VMAP = 1,

ENPIE = 1)

Peripheral Frame 0

0x00 0E00

CLA Registers

0x00 1400

CLA-to-CPU Message RAM

0x00 1480

CPU-to-CLA Message RAM

0x00 1500

0x00 8000 L0 SARAM (2K 16)´

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, Dual-Mapped)

0x00 8800 L1 DPSARAM (1K 16)´

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Data RAM 0)

0x00 8C00 L2 DPSARAM (1K 16)´

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Data RAM 1)

0x00 9000 L3 DPSARAM (4K 16)´

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Prog RAM)

0x3D 7800 User OTP (1K 16, Secure Zone + ECSL)´

0x00 A000 Reserved

0x3D 7C00 Reserved

FLASH

(32K 16, 8 Sectors, Secure Zone + ECSL)´

L0 SARAM (2K 16)´

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, Dual-Mapped)

128-Bit Password

Boot ROM (8K 16, 0-Wait)´

Vector (32 Vectors, Enabled if VMAP = 1)

0x3D 7EB0

0x3F 0000

0x3F 7FF8

0x3F 8000

0x3F 8800

0x3F E000

0x3F FFC0

Reserved

0x3D 7C80 Calibration Data

0x3D 7CC0 Get_mode function

0x3D 7CE0 Reserved

0x3D 7E80 PARTID

Calibration Data

Peripheral Frame 1

(1K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6000

Peripheral Frame 3

(1.5K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6400

Peripheral Frame 1

(1.5K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6A00

Peripheral Frame 2

(4K 16, Protected)´

0x00 7000

Reserved

A. CLA-specific registers and RAM apply to the 28033 device only.

B. Memory locations 0x3D7E80-0x3D7EAF are reserved in TMX silicon.

Figure 8-2. 28032/28033 Memory Map

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

M0 Vector RAM (Enabled if VMAP = 0)

M0 SARAM (1K 16, 0-Wait)´

0x00 0000

0x00 0040

M1 SARAM (1K 16, 0-Wait)´

0x00 0400

Data Space Prog Space

Reserved

0x00 2000 Reserved

Peripheral Frame 0

0x00 0800

Peripheral Frame 0

0x00 0E00

0x00 0D00 PIE Vector - RAM

(256 16)

(Enabled if

VMAP = 1,

ENPIE = 1)

0x00 8000

0x00 8800 L1 DPSARAM (1K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Data RAM 0)

0x00 8C00 L2 DPSARAM (1K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Data RAM 1)

0x00 9000 L3 DPSARAM (2K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Prog RAM)

0x3D 7800 User OTP (1K 16, Secure Zone + ECSL)´

0x00 9800 Reserved

0x3D 7C00 Reserved

FLASH

(32K 16, 8 Sectors, Secure Zone + ECSL)´

L0 SARAM (2K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, Dual-Mapped)

128-Bit Password

Boot ROM (8K 16, 0-Wait)´

Vector (32 Vectors, Enabled if VMAP = 1)

0x3D 7EB0

0x3F 0000

0x3F 7FF8

0x3F 8000

0x3F 8800

0x3F E000

0x3F FFC0

Reserved

0x3D 7C80 Calibration Data

0x3D 7CC0 Get_mode function

0x3D 7CE0 Reserved

0x3D 7E80 PARTID

L0 SARAM (2K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, Dual-Mapped)

Calibration Data

Peripheral Frame 1

(1K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6000

Peripheral Frame 3

(1.5K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6400

Peripheral Frame 1

(1.5K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6A00

Peripheral Frame 2

(4K 16, Protected)´

0x00 7000

Reserved

A. Memory locations 0x3D7E80-0x3D7EAF are reserved in TMX silicon.

Figure 8-3. 28031 Memory Map

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

M0 Vector RAM (Enabled if VMAP = 0)

M0 SARAM (1K 16, 0-Wait)´

0x00 0000

0x00 0040

M1 SARAM (1K 16, 0-Wait)´

0x00 0400

Data Space Prog Space

Reserved

0x00 2000 Reserved

Peripheral Frame 0

0x00 0800

Peripheral Frame 0

0x00 0E00

0x00 0D00 PIE Vector - RAM

(256 16)

(Enabled if

VMAP = 1,

ENPIE = 1)

0x00 8000

0x00 8800

0x00 8C00

0x00 9000

0x3D 7800 User OTP (1K 16, Secure Zone + ECSL)´

0x00 A000 Reserved

0x3D 7C00 Reserved

Reserved

FLASH

(16K 16, 4 Sectors, Secure Zone + ECSL)´

L0 SARAM (2K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, Dual-Mapped)

128-Bit Password

Boot ROM (8K 16, 0-Wait)´

Vector (32 Vectors, Enabled if VMAP = 1)

0x3D 7EB0

0x3F 4000

0x3F 7FF8

0x3F 8000

0x3F 8800

0x3F E000

0x3F FFC0

Reserved

0x3D 7C80 Calibration Data

0x3D 7CC0 Get_mode function

0x3D 7CE0 Reserved

0x3D 7E80 PARTID

Calibration Data

L1 DPSARAM (1K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Data RAM 0)

L2 DPSARAM (1K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, CLA Data RAM 1)

L0 SARAM (2K 16)

(0-Wait, Secure Zone + ECSL, Dual-Mapped)

Peripheral Frame 1

(1K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6000

Peripheral Frame 3

(1.5K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6400

Peripheral Frame 1

(1.5K 16, Protected)´

0x00 6A00

Peripheral Frame 2

(4K 16, Protected)´

0x00 7000

Reserved

A. Memory locations 0x3D7E80-0x3D7EAF are reserved in TMX silicon.

Figure 8-4. 28030 Memory Map

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-3. Addresses of Flash Sectors in F28034/28035

ADDRESS RANGE PROGRAM AND DATA SPACE

0x3E 8000 to 0x3E 9FFF Sector H (8K × 16)

0x3E A000 to 0x3E BFFF Sector G (8K × 16)

0x3E C000 to 0x3E DFFF Sector F (8K × 16)

0x3E E000 to 0x3E FFFF Sector E (8K × 16)

0x3F 0000 to 0x3F 1FFF Sector D (8K × 16)

0x3F 2000 to 0x3F 3FFF Sector C (8K × 16)

0x3F 4000 to 0x3F 5FFF Sector B (8K × 16)

0x3F 6000 to 0x3F 7F7F Sector A (8K × 16)

0x3F 7F80 to 0x3F 7FF5 Program to 0x0000 when using the

Code Security Module

0x3F 7FF6 to 0x3F 7FF7 Boot-to-Flash Entry Point

(program branch instruction here)

0x3F 7FF8 to 0x3F 7FFF Security Password (128-Bit)

(Do not program to all zeros)

Table 8-4. Addresses of Flash Sectors in F28031/28032/28033

ADDRESS RANGE PROGRAM AND DATA SPACE

0x3F 0000 to 0x3F 0FFF Sector H (4K × 16)

0x3F 1000 to 0x3F 1FFF Sector G (4K × 16)

0x3F 2000 to 0x3F 2FFF Sector F (4K × 16)

0x3F 3000 to 0x3F 3FFF Sector E (4K × 16)

0x3F 4000 to 0x3F 4FFF Sector D (4K × 16)

0x3F 5000 to 0x3F 5FFF Sector C (4K × 16)

0x3F 6000 to 0x3F 6FFF Sector B (4K × 16)

0x3F 7000 to 0x3F 7F7F Sector A (4K × 16)

0x3F 7F80 to 0x3F 7FF5 Program to 0x0000 when using the

Code Security Module

0x3F 7FF6 to 0x3F 7FF7 Boot-to-Flash Entry Point

(program branch instruction here)

0x3F 7FF8 to 0x3F 7FFF Security Password (128-Bit)

(Do not program to all zeros)

Table 8-5. Addresses of Flash Sectors in F28030

ADDRESS RANGE PROGRAM AND DATA SPACE

0x3F 4000 to 0x3F 4FFF Sector D (4K × 16)

0x3F 5000 to 0x3F 5FFF Sector C (4K × 16)

0x3F 6000 to 0x3F 6FFF Sector B (4K × 16)

0x3F 7000 to 0x3F 7F7F Sector A (4K × 16)

0x3F 7F80 to 0x3F 7FF5 Program to 0x0000 when using the

Code Security Module

0x3F 7FF6 to 0x3F 7FF7 Boot-to-Flash Entry Point

(program branch instruction here)

0x3F 7FF8 to 0x3F 7FFF Security Password (128-Bit)

(Do not program to all zeros)

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Note

• When the code-security passwords are programmed, all addresses from 0x3F 7F80 to 0x3F 7FF5

cannot be used as program code or data. These locations must be programmed to 0x0000.

• If the code security feature is not used, addresses 0x3F 7F80 to 0x3F 7FEF may be used for code

or data. Addresses 0x3F 7FF0 to 0x3F 7FF5 are reserved for data and should not contain program

code.

Table 8-6 shows how to handle these memory locations.

Table 8-6. Impact of Using the Code Security Module

ADDRESS FLASH

CODE SECURITY ENABLED CODE SECURITY DISABLED

0x3F 7F80 to 0x3F 7FEF Fill with 0x0000 Application code and data

0x3F 7FF0 to 0x3F 7FF5 Reserved for data only

Peripheral Frame 1, Peripheral Frame 2, and Peripheral Frame 3 are grouped together to enable these blocks

to be write/read peripheral block protected. The protected mode makes sure that all accesses to these blocks

happen as written. Because of the pipeline, a write immediately followed by a read to different memory locations,

will appear in reverse order on the memory bus of the CPU. This can cause problems in certain peripheral

applications where the user expected the write to occur first (as written). The CPU supports a block protection

mode where a region of memory can be protected so that operations occur as written (the penalty is extra cycles

are added to align the operations). This mode is programmable and by default, it protects the selected zones.

The wait states for the various spaces in the memory map area are listed in Table 8-7.

Table 8-7. Wait States

AREA WAIT STATES (CPU) COMMENTS

M0 and M1 SARAMs 0-wait Fixed

Peripheral Frame 0 0-wait

Peripheral Frame 1 0-wait (writes) Cycles can be extended by peripheral generated ready.

2-wait (reads) Back-to-back write operations to Peripheral Frame 1 registers will incur

a 1-cycle stall (1-cycle delay).

Peripheral Frame 2 0-wait (writes) Fixed. Cycles cannot be extended by the peripheral.

2-wait (reads)

Peripheral Frame 3 0-wait (writes) Assumes no conflict between CPU and CLA.

2-wait (reads) Cycles can be extended by peripheral-generated ready.

L0 SARAM 0-wait data and program Assumes no CPU conflicts

L1 SARAM 0-wait data and program Assumes no CPU conflicts

L2 SARAM 0-wait data and program Assumes no CPU conflicts

L3 SARAM 0-wait data and program Assumes no CPU conflicts

OTP Programmable Programmed through the Flash registers.

1-wait minimum 1-wait is minimum number of wait states allowed.

FLASH Programmable Programmed through the Flash registers.

0-wait Paged min

1-wait Random min

Random ≥ Paged

FLASH Password 16-wait fixed Wait states of password locations are fixed.

Boot-ROM 0-wait

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.3 Register Maps

The devices contain four peripheral register spaces. The spaces are categorized as follows:

Peripheral Frame 0: These are peripherals that are mapped directly to the CPU memory bus.

See Table 8-8.

Peripheral Frame 1: These are peripherals that are mapped to the 32-bit peripheral bus. See Table

8-9.

Peripheral Frame 2: These are peripherals that are mapped to the 16-bit peripheral bus. See Table

8-10.

Peripheral Frame 3: These are peripherals that are mapped to the 32-bit peripheral bus and are

accessible by the CLA. See Table 8-11.

Table 8-8. Peripheral Frame 0 Registers

NAME(1) ADDRESS RANGE SIZE (×16) EALLOW PROTECTED(2)

Device Emulation Registers 0x00 0880 to 0x00 0984 261 Yes

System Power Control Registers 0x00 0985 to 0x00 0987 3 Yes

FLASH Registers(3) 0x00 0A80 to 0x00 0ADF 96 Yes

Code Security Module Registers 0x00 0AE0 to 0x00 0AEF 16 Yes

ADC registers (0 wait read only) 0x00 0B00 to 0x00 0B0F 16 No

CPU–TIMER0/1/2 Registers 0x00 0C00 to 0x00 0C3F 64 No

PIE Registers 0x00 0CE0 to 0x00 0CFF 32 No

PIE Vector Table 0x00 0D00 to 0x00 0DFF 256 No

CLA Registers 0x00 1400 to 0x00 147F 128 Yes

CLA to CPU Message RAM (CPU writes ignored) 0x00 1480 to 0x00 14FF 128 NA

CPU to CLA Message RAM (CLA writes ignored) 0x00 1500 to 0x00 157F 128 NA

(1) Registers in Frame 0 support 16-bit and 32-bit accesses.

(2) If registers are EALLOW protected, then writes cannot be performed until the EALLOW instruction is executed. The EDIS instruction

disables writes to prevent stray code or pointers from corrupting register contents.

(3) The Flash Registers are also protected by the Code Security Module (CSM).

Table 8-9. Peripheral Frame 1 Registers

NAME ADDRESS RANGE SIZE (×16) EALLOW PROTECTED

eCAN-A registers 0x00 6000 to 0x00 61FF 512 (1)

eCAP1 registers 0x00 6A00 to 0x00 6A1F 32 No

HRCAP1 registers 0x00 6AC0 to 0x00 6ADF 32 (1)

HRCAP2 registers 0x00 6AE0 to 0x00 6AFF 32 (1)

eQEP1 registers 0x00 6B00 to 0x00 6B3F 64 (1)

LIN-A registers 0x00 6C00 to 0x00 6C7F 128 (1)

GPIO registers 0x00 6F80 to 0x00 6FFF 128 (1)

(1) Some registers are EALLOW protected. For more information, see the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical

Reference Manual.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-10. Peripheral Frame 2 Registers

NAME ADDRESS RANGE SIZE (×16) EALLOW PROTECTED

System Control Registers 0x00 7010 to 0x00 702F 32 Yes

SPI-A Registers 0x00 7040 to 0x00 704F 16 No

SCI-A Registers 0x00 7050 to 0x00 705F 16 No

NMI Watchdog Interrupt Registers 0x00 7060 to 0x00 706F 16 Yes

External Interrupt Registers 0x00 7070 to 0x00 707F 16 Yes

ADC Registers 0x00 7100 to 0x00 717F 128 (1)

I2C-A Registers 0x00 7900 to 0x00 793F 64 (1)

SPI-B Registers 0x00 7740 to 0x00 774F 16 No

(1) Some registers are EALLOW protected. For more information, see the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical

Reference Manual.

Table 8-11. Peripheral Frame 3 Registers

NAME ADDRESS RANGE SIZE (×16) EALLOW PROTECTED

Comparator 1 registers 0x00 6400 to 0x00 641F 32 (1)

Comparator 2 registers 0x00 6420 to 0x00 643F 32 (1)

Comparator 3 registers 0x00 6440 to 0x00 645F 32 (1)

ePWM1 + HRPWM1 registers 0x00 6800 to 0x00 683F 64 (1)

ePWM2 + HRPWM2 registers 0x00 6840 to 0x00 687F 64 (1)

ePWM3 + HRPWM3 registers 0x00 6880 to 0x00 68BF 64 (1)

ePWM4 + HRPWM4 registers 0x00 68C0 to 0x00 68FF 64 (1)

ePWM5 + HRPWM5 registers 0x00 6900 to 0x00 693F 64 (1)

ePWM6 + HRPWM6 registers 0x00 6940 to 0x00 697F 64 (1)

ePWM7 + HRPWM7 registers 0x00 6980 to 0x00 69BF 64 (1)

(1) Some registers are EALLOW protected. For more information, see the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical

Reference Manual.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.4 Device Emulation Registers

These registers are used to control the protection mode of the C28x CPU and to monitor some critical device

signals. The registers are defined in Table 8-12 .

Table 8-12. Device Emulation Registers

NAME ADDRESS

RANGE SIZE (x16) DESCRIPTION EALLOW

PROTECTED

DEVICECNF 0x0880

0x0881 2 Device Configuration Register Yes

PARTID(1) 0x3D 7E80 1 Part ID Register TMS320F28035PN 0x00BF

TMS320F28035PAG 0x00BE

TMS320F28035RSH 0x00BD

TMS320F28034PN 0x00BB

TMS320F28034PAG 0x00BA

TMS320F28034RSH 0x00B9

TMS320F28033PN 0x00B7

TMS320F28033PAG 0x00B6

TMS320F28033RSH 0x00B5

TMS320F28032PN 0x00B3

TMS320F28032PAG 0x00B2

TMS320F28032RSH 0x00B1

TMS320F28031PN 0x00AF

TMS320F28031PAG 0x00AE

TMS320F28031RSH 0x00AD

TMS320F28030PN 0x00AB

TMS320F28030PAG 0x00AA

TMS320F28030RSH 0x00A9

CLASSID 0x0882 1 Class ID Register TMS320F28035 0x00BF

TMS320F28034 0x00BB

TMS320F28033 0x00B7

TMS320F28032 0x00B3

TMS320F28031 0x00AF

TMS320F28030 0x00AB

REVID 0x0883 1 Revision ID

0x0001 - Silicon Rev. A - TMS

(1) For TMS320F2803x devices, the PARTID register location differs from the TMS320F2802x devices' location of 0x3D7FFF.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.5 VREG/BOR/POR

Although the core and I/O circuitry operate on two different voltages, these devices have an on-chip voltage

regulator (VREG) to generate the VDD voltage from the VDDIO supply. This eliminates the cost and space of a

second external regulator on an application board. Additionally, internal power-on reset (POR) and brown-out

reset (BOR) circuits monitor both the VDD and VDDIO rails during power-up and run mode.

8.5.1 On-chip Voltage Regulator (VREG)

A linear regulator generates the core voltage (VDD) from the VDDIO supply. Therefore, although capacitors are

required on each VDD pin to stabilize the generated voltage, power need not be supplied to these pins to operate

the device. Conversely, the VREG can be disabled, should power or redundancy be the primary concern of the

application.

8.5.1.1 Using the On-chip VREG

To use the on-chip VREG, the VREGENZ pin should be tied low and the appropriate recommended operating

voltage should be supplied to the VDDIO and VDDA pins. In this case, the VDD voltage needed by the core logic

will be generated by the VREG. Each VDD pin requires on the order of 1.2 μF (minimum) capacitance for proper

regulation of the VREG. These capacitors should be located as close as possible to the VDD pins. Driving an

external load with the internal VREG is not supported.

8.5.1.2 Disabling the On-chip VREG

To conserve power, it is also possible to disable the on-chip VREG and supply the core logic voltage to the VDD

pins with a more efficient external regulator. To enable this option, the VREGENZ pin must be tied high.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

ﬂ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.5.2 On-chip Power-On Reset (POR) and Brown-Out Reset (BOR) Circuit

Two on-chip supervisory circuits, the power-on reset (POR) and the brown-out reset (BOR) remove the burden

of monitoring the VDD and VDDIO supply rails from the application board. The purpose of the POR is to create

a clean reset throughout the device during the entire power-up procedure. The trip point is a looser, lower trip

point than the BOR, which watches for dips in the VDD or VDDIO rail during device operation. The POR function

is present on both VDD and VDDIO rails at all times. After initial device power-up, the BOR function is present on

VDDIO at all times, and on VDD when the internal VREG is enabled ( VREGENZ pin is tied low). Both functions

tie the XRS pin low when one of the voltages is below their respective trip point. VDD BOR and overvoltage

trip points are outside of the recommended operating voltages. Proper device operation cannot be ensured. If

overvoltage or undervoltage conditions affecting the system is a concern for an application, an external voltage

supervisor should be added. Figure 8-5 shows the VREG, POR, and BOR. To disable both the VDD and VDDIO

BOR functions, a bit is provided in the BORCFG register. For details, see the System Control chapter in the

TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

I/O Pin

Out

DIR (0 = Input, 1 = Output)

(Force Hi-Z When High)

SYSRS

C28

Core

Sync RS

PLL

Clocking

Logic

MCLKRS

VREGHALT

On-Chip

Voltage

Regulator

(VREG)

VREGENZ

POR/BOR

Generating

Module

XRS

SYSCLKOUT

WDRST(A)

JTAG

TCK

Detect

Logic

PBRS(B)

Internal

Weak PU

Deglitch

Filter

WDRST

A. WDRST is the reset signal from the CPU watchdog.

B. PBRS is the reset signal from the POR/BOR module.

Figure 8-5. VREG + POR + BOR + Reset Signal Connectivity

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.6 System Control

This section describes the oscillator and clocking mechanisms, the watchdog function and the low-power modes.

Table 8-13. PLL, Clocking, Watchdog, and Low-Power Mode Registers

NAME ADDRESS SIZE (x16) DESCRIPTION(1)

BORCFG 0x00 0985 1 BOR Configuration Register

XCLK 0x00 7010 1 XCLKOUT Control

PLLSTS 0x00 7011 1 PLL Status Register

CLKCTL 0x00 7012 1 Clock Control Register

PLLLOCKPRD 0x00 7013 1 PLL Lock Period

INTOSC1TRIM 0x00 7014 1 Internal Oscillator 1 Trim Register

INTOSC2TRIM 0x00 7016 1 Internal Oscillator 2 Trim Register

PCLKCR2 0x00 7019 1 Peripheral Clock Control Register 2

LOSPCP 0x00 701B 1 Low-Speed Peripheral Clock Prescaler Register

PCLKCR0 0x00 701C 1 Peripheral Clock Control Register 0

PCLKCR1 0x00 701D 1 Peripheral Clock Control Register 1

LPMCR0 0x00 701E 1 Low-Power Mode Control Register 0

PCLKCR3 0x00 7020 1 Peripheral Clock Control Register 3

PLLCR 0x00 7021 1 PLL Control Register

SCSR 0x00 7022 1 System Control and Status Register

WDCNTR 0x00 7023 1 Watchdog Counter Register

WDKEY 0x00 7025 1 Watchdog Reset Key Register

WDCR 0x00 7029 1 Watchdog Control Register

(1) All registers in this table are EALLOW protected.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Figure 8-6 shows the various clock domains that are discussed. Figure 8-7 shows the various clock sources

(both internal and external) that can provide a clock for device operation.

PCLKCR0/1/2/3

(System Ctrl Regs)

LOSPCP

(System Ctrl Regs)

Peripheral

Registers

SPI-A, SPI-B, SCI-A

I/O PF2

Clock Enables LSPCLK

SYSCLKOUT

Clock Enables

Peripheral

Registers

eCAN-A, LIN-A

I/O PF1

Clock Enables

Peripheral

Registers

eCAP1, eQEP1, HRCAP1/2

I/O PF1

Clock Enables

Peripheral

Registers

ePWM1/.../7, HRPWM1/.../7

I/O PF3

Clock Enables

Peripheral

Registers

I2C-A

I/O PF2

Clock Enables

ADC

Registers

12-Bit ADC

16 Ch PF2

Clock Enables

PF0

Clock Enables

COMP

Registers

COMP1/2/3 PF3

Clock Enables

GPIO

Mux

Analog

GPIO

Mux

C28x Core CLKIN

A. CLKIN is the clock into the CPU. It is passed out of the CPU as SYSCLKOUT (that is, CLKIN is the same frequency as SYSCLKOUT).

Figure 8-6. Clock and Reset Domains

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS ("7 CLKCTLMDCLKSRCSEL] Intemal o i 1., osc1 osc1cu< 1="" 11110501111111="" reg="" 110="" my="" osccmsnm="" \—=""> CPU Watchdog (osc1cu1 on XRS reset) fuses I CLKCTLllNYOSmOFF] 1 = Tum use 011 CLKCTLUNTOSC1HALT] 1"" CLKCTL[OSCELKSRCSEL] WAKEosc 3 1 =1gnm HALY 3 m Internal OSCZCLK n ‘ INTOSCZYRIM Reg osc z osccm m. ‘5) [10 MHz) 1osc1cLK a" st use.) Missmgcluck-netut Eircml OTCE CLKCTL[TRM2CLKPRESCALE] i CLKCTL[TMR2CLKSRCSEL] 1 = Tum osc 011 3 j. cmcnumosczom pmmle svm: 1 11 1—. 11.11,“, a Edge , 1 , l8,l16 Deled n1.1o,11 \gnvre HALT 1 01 CPUTMRZCLK a ' on CLKCTLUNTOSC2HALT] - { osccmsncz SVSCLKWT o i 0=GPIDJB L," CLKCTL[OSCCLKSRCZSEL] XCLK[XCLKINSEL] 1: 6mm CLKCTL[XCLKINOFF] 04>: 3 XCLKIN @1019 J 4. o! GPIOSB XELKIN H» EXTCLK 1mm” xmL 1:1 050 WWW: x1 1Osc1lla1ors enabled whan (ms s1gna| is high] CLKCTLlXTALOSCOFF] n = 050 on {delault on reset) 1 = Turn use on

A. Register loaded from TI OTP-based calibration function.

B. See Section 8.6.4 for details on missing clock detection.

Figure 8-7. Clock Tree

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.6.1 Internal Zero Pin Oscillators

The F2803x devices contain two independent internal zero pin oscillators. By default both oscillators are turned

on at power up, and internal oscillator 1 is the default clock source at this time. For power savings, unused

oscillators may be powered down by the user. The center frequency of these oscillators is determined by their

respective oscillator trim registers, written to in the calibration routine as part of the boot ROM execution. See

Section 7, Electrical Specifications, for more information on these oscillators.

8.6.2 Crystal Oscillator Option

The on-chip crystal oscillator X1 and X2 pins are 1.8-V level signals and must never have 3.3-V level signals

applied to them. If a system 3.3-V external oscillator is to be used as a clock source, it should be connected to

the XCLKIN pin only. The X1 pin is not intended to be used as a single-ended clock input, it should be used with

X2 and a crystal.

The typical specifications for the external quartz crystal (fundamental mode, parallel resonant) are listed in Table

8-14. Furthermore, ESR range = 30 to 150 Ω. For Table 8-14, Cshunt should be less than or equal to 5 pF.

Table 8-14. Typical Specifications for External Quartz Crystal

FREQUENCY (MHz) Rd (Ω) CL1 (pF) CL2 (pF)

5 2200 18 18

10 470 15 15

15 0 15 15

20 0 12 12

X2X1

Crystal

XCLKIN/GPIO19/38

Turn off

XCLKIN path

in CLKCTL

CL1 CL2

Figure 8-8. Using the On-chip Crystal Oscillator

Note

1. CL1 and CL2 are the total capacitance of the circuit board and components excluding the IC and

crystal. The value is usually approximately twice the value of the crystal's load capacitance.

2. The load capacitance of the crystal is described in the crystal specifications of the manufacturers.

3. TI recommends that customers have the resonator/crystal vendor characterize the operation of

their device with the MCU chip. The resonator/crystal vendor has the equipment and expertise

to tune the tank circuit. The vendor can also advise the customer regarding the proper tank

component values that will produce proper start-up and stability over the entire operating range.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS ﬂ

ExternalClockSignal

(Toggling0−VDDIO)

XCLKIN/GPIO19/38 X2

Figure 8-9. Using a 3.3-V External Oscillator

8.6.3 PLL-Based Clock Module

The devices have an on-chip, PLL-based clock module. This module provides all the necessary clocking signals

for the device, as well as control for low-power mode entry. The PLL has a 4-bit ratio control PLLCR[DIV] to

select different CPU clock rates. The watchdog module should be disabled before writing to the PLLCR register.

It can be re-enabled (if need be) after the PLL module has stabilized, which takes

1 ms. The input clock and PLLCR[DIV] bits should be chosen in such a way that the output frequency of the PLL

(VCOCLK) is at least 50 MHz.

Table 8-15. PLL Settings

PLLCR[DIV] VALUE(2) (3) SYSCLKOUT (CLKIN)

PLLSTS[DIVSEL] = 0 or 1(1) PLLSTS[DIVSEL] = 2 PLLSTS[DIVSEL] = 3

0000 (PLL bypass) OSCCLK/4 (Default)(2) OSCCLK/2 OSCCLK

0001 (OSCCLK * 1)/4 (OSCCLK * 1)/2 (OSCCLK * 1)/1

0010 (OSCCLK * 2)/4 (OSCCLK * 2)/2 (OSCCLK * 2)/1

0011 (OSCCLK * 3)/4 (OSCCLK * 3)/2 (OSCCLK * 3)/1

0100 (OSCCLK * 4)/4 (OSCCLK * 4)/2 (OSCCLK * 4)/1

0101 (OSCCLK * 5)/4 (OSCCLK * 5)/2 (OSCCLK * 5)/1

0110 (OSCCLK * 6)/4 (OSCCLK * 6)/2 (OSCCLK * 6)/1

0111 (OSCCLK * 7)/4 (OSCCLK * 7)/2 (OSCCLK * 7)/1

1000 (OSCCLK * 8)/4 (OSCCLK * 8)/2 (OSCCLK * 8)/1

1001 (OSCCLK * 9)/4 (OSCCLK * 9)/2 (OSCCLK * 9)/1

1010 (OSCCLK * 10)/4 (OSCCLK * 10)/2 (OSCCLK * 10)/1

1011 (OSCCLK * 11)/4 (OSCCLK * 11)/2 (OSCCLK * 11)/1

1100 (OSCCLK * 12)/4 (OSCCLK * 12)/2 (OSCCLK * 12)/1

(1) By default, PLLSTS[DIVSEL] is configured for /4. (The boot ROM changes this to /1.) PLLSTS[DIVSEL] must be 0 before writing to the

PLLCR and should be changed only after PLLSTS[PLLLOCKS] = 1.

(2) The PLL control register (PLLCR) and PLL Status Register (PLLSTS) are reset to their default state by the XRS signal or a watchdog

reset only. A reset issued by the debugger or the missing clock detect logic has no effect.

(3) This register is EALLOW protected. See the System Control chapter in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical

Reference Manual for more information.

Table 8-16. CLKIN Divide Options

PLLSTS [DIVSEL] CLKIN DIVIDE

0 /4

1 /4

2 /2

3 /1

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

The PLL-based clock module provides four modes of operation:

•INTOSC1 (Internal Zero-pin Oscillator 1): This is the on-chip internal oscillator 1. This can provide the clock

for the Watchdog block, core and CPU-Timer 2

•INTOSC2 (Internal Zero-pin Oscillator 2): This is the on-chip internal oscillator 2. This can provide the clock

for the Watchdog block, core and CPU-Timer 2. Both INTOSC1 and INTOSC2 can be independently chosen

for the Watchdog block, core and CPU-Timer 2.

•Crystal/Resonator Operation: The on-chip (crystal) oscillator enables the use of an external crystal/

resonator attached to the device to provide the time base. The crystal/resonator is connected to the X1/X2

pins. Some devices may not have the X1/X2 pins. See Section 6.2.1 for details.

•External Clock Source Operation: If the on-chip (crystal) oscillator is not used, this mode allows it to be

bypassed. The device clocks are generated from an external clock source input on the XCLKIN pin. The

XCLKIN is multiplexed with GPIO19 or GPIO38 pin. The XCLKIN input can be selected as GPIO19 or

GPIO38 through the XCLKINSEL bit in XCLK register. The CLKCTL[XCLKINOFF] bit disables this clock input

(forced low). If the clock source is not used or the respective pins are used as GPIOs, the user should disable

at boot time.

Before changing clock sources, ensure that the target clock is present. If a clock is not present, then that clock

source must be disabled (using the CLKCTL register) before switching clocks.

Table 8-17. Possible PLL Configuration Modes

PLL MODE REMARKS PLLSTS[DIVSEL] CLKIN AND

SYSCLKOUT

PLL Off

Invoked by the user setting the PLLOFF bit in the PLLSTS register. The PLL

block is disabled in this mode. This can be useful to reduce system noise and for

low-power operation. The PLLCR register must first be set to 0x0000 (PLL Bypass)

before entering this mode. The CPU clock (CLKIN) is derived directly from the

input clock on either X1/X2, X1 or XCLKIN.

0, 1

OSCCLK/4

OSCCLK/2

OSCCLK/1

PLL Bypass

PLL Bypass is the default PLL configuration upon power-up or after an external

reset ( XRS). This mode is selected when the PLLCR register is set to 0x0000

or while the PLL locks to a new frequency after the PLLCR register has been

modified. In this mode, the PLL is bypassed but the PLL is not turned off.

0, 1

OSCCLK/4

OSCCLK/2

OSCCLK/1

PLL Enable Achieved by writing a nonzero value n into the PLLCR register. Upon writing to the

PLLCR the device will switch to PLL Bypass mode until the PLL locks.

0, 1

OSCCLK * n/4

OSCCLK * n/2

OSCCLK * n/1

8.6.4 Loss of Input Clock (NMI Watchdog Function)

The 2803x devices may be clocked from either one of the internal zero-pin oscillators (INTOSC1/INTOSC2), the

on-chip crystal oscillator, or from an external clock input. Regardless of the clock source, in PLL-enabled and

PLL-bypass mode, if the input clock to the PLL vanishes, the PLL will issue a limp-mode clock at its output. This

limp-mode clock continues to clock the CPU and peripherals at a typical frequency of 1–5 MHz.

When the limp mode is activated, a CLOCKFAIL signal is generated that is latched as an NMI interrupt.

Depending on how the NMIRESETSEL bit has been configured, a reset to the device can be fired immediately

or the NMI watchdog counter can issue a reset when it overflows. In addition to this, the Missing Clock Status

(MCLKSTS) bit is set. The NMI interrupt could be used by the application to detect the input clock failure and

initiate necessary corrective action such as switching over to an alternative clock source (if available) or initiate a

shut-down procedure for the system.

If the software does not respond to the clock-fail condition, the NMI watchdog triggers a reset after a

preprogrammed time interval. Figure 8-10 shows the interrupt mechanisms involved.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS ﬂ

NMIFLG[NMINT]

Generate

Interrupt

Pulse

When

Input = 1

NMINT

Latch

Clear

Set Clear

NMIFLGCLR[NMINT]

XRS

NMICFG[CLOCKFAIL]

Latch

Clear

Set

Clear

XRS

NMIFLG[CLOCKFAIL]

NMI Watchdog

SYSCLKOUT

SYSRS

NMIRS

NMIWDPRD[15:0]

NMIWDCNT[15:0]

NMIFLGCLR[CLOCKFAIL]

SYNC?

NMIFLGFRC[CLOCKFAIL]

SYSCLKOUT

See System

Control Section

CLOCKFAIL

Figure 8-10. NMI Watchdog

8.6.5 CPU Watchdog Module

The CPU watchdog module on the 2803x device is similar to the one used on the 281x/280x/283xx devices.

This module generates an output pulse, 512 oscillator clocks wide (OSCCLK), whenever the 8-bit watchdog up

counter has reached its maximum value. To prevent this, the user must disable the counter or the software must

periodically write a 0x55 + 0xAA sequence into the watchdog key register that resets the watchdog counter.

Figure 8-11 shows the various functional blocks within the watchdog module.

Normally, when the input clocks are present, the CPU watchdog counter decrements to initiate a CPU watchdog

reset or WDINT interrupt. However, when the external input clock fails, the CPU watchdog counter stops

decrementing (that is, the watchdog counter does not change with the limp-mode clock).

Note

The CPU watchdog is different from the NMI watchdog. It is the legacy watchdog that is present in all

28x devices.

Note

Applications in which the correct CPU operating frequency is absolutely critical should implement a

mechanism by which the MCU will be held in reset, should the input clocks ever fail. For example,

an R-C circuit may be used to trigger the XRS pin of the MCU, should the capacitor ever get fully

charged. An I/O pin may be used to discharge the capacitor on a periodic basis to prevent it from

getting fully charged. Such a circuit would also help in detecting failure of the flash memory.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

A. The WDRST signal is driven low for 512 OSCCLK cycles.

Figure 8-11. CPU Watchdog Module

The WDINT signal enables the watchdog to be used as a wakeup from IDLE/STANDBY mode.

In STANDBY mode, all peripherals are turned off on the device. The only peripheral that remains functional is

the CPU watchdog. This module will run off OSCCLK. The WDINT signal is fed to the LPM block so that it can

wake the device from STANDBY (if enabled). See Section 8.7, Low-power Modes Block, for more details.

In IDLE mode, the WDINT signal can generate an interrupt to the CPU, through the PIE, to take the CPU out of

IDLE mode.

In HALT mode, the CPU watchdog can be used to wake up the device through a device reset.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.7 Low-power Modes Block

Table 8-18 summarizes the various modes.

Table 8-18. Low-power Modes

MODE LPMCR0(1:0) OSCCLK CLKIN SYSCLKOUT EXIT(1)

IDLE 00 On On On XRS, CPU watchdog interrupt, any

enabled interrupt

STANDBY 01 On

(CPU watchdog still running) Off Off XRS, CPU watchdog interrupt, GPIO

Port A signal, debugger(2)

HALT(3) 1X

Off

(on-chip crystal oscillator and PLL

turned off, zero-pin oscillator and

CPU watchdog state dependent

on user code.)

Off Off XRS, GPIO Port A signal, debugger(2),

CPU watchdog

(1) The EXIT column lists which signals or under what conditions the low-power mode is exited. A low signal, on any of the signals, exits

the low-power condition. This signal must be kept low long enough for an interrupt to be recognized by the device. Otherwise, the

low-power mode will not be exited and the device will go back into the indicated low-power mode.

(2) The JTAG port can still function even if the CPU clock (CLKIN) is turned off.

(3) The WDCLK must be active for the device to go into HALT mode.

The various low-power modes operate as follows:

IDLE Mode: This mode is exited by any enabled interrupt that is recognized by the processor.

The LPM block performs no tasks during this mode as long as the LPMCR0(LPM)

bits are set to 0,0.

STANDBY Mode: Any GPIO port A signal (GPIO[31:0]) can wake the device from STANDBY mode.

The user must select which signal(s) will wake the device in the GPIOLPMSEL

the device. The number of OSCCLKs is specified in the LPMCR0 register.

HALT Mode: CPU watchdog, XRS, and any GPIO port A signal (GPIO[31:0]) can wake the

device from HALT mode. The user selects the signal in the GPIOLPMSEL

Note

The low-power modes do not affect the state of the output pins (PWM pins included). They will be

in whatever state the code left them in when the IDLE instruction was executed. See the System

Control chapter in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual for

more details.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.8 Interrupts

Figure 8-12 shows how the various interrupt sources are multiplexed.

CPU TIMER 2

CPU TIMER 0

Watchdog

Peripherals

(SPI, SCI, ePWM, I C, HRPWM, HRCAP,

eCAP, ADC, eQEP, CLA, LIN, eCAN)

TINT0

XINT1

Interrupt Control

XINT1

XINT1CR(15:0)

Interrupt Control

XINT2

XINT2CR(15:0)

GPIO

MUX

WDINT

INT1

INT12

NMI

XINT1CTR(15:0)

XINT2CTR(15:0)

CPU TIMER 1

TINT2

Low Power Modes

LPMINT

WAKEINT Sync

SYSCLKOUT

MUX

XINT2

XINT3

ADC XINT2SOC

GPIOXINT1SEL(4:0)

GPIOXINT2SEL(4:0)

GPIOXINT3SEL(4:0)

Interrupt Control

XINT3

XINT3CR(15:0)

XINT3CTR(15:0)

NMI interrupt with watchdog function

(See the NMI Watchdog section.) NMIRS

System Control

(See the System

Control section.)

INT14

INT13

GPIO0.int

GPIO31.int

CLOCKFAIL

CPUTMR2CLK

C28

Core

MUX

TINT1

PIE

Up to 96 Interrupts

Figure 8-12. External and PIE Interrupt Sources

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS |NT1 V L ; INTZ L L _ I I I I I I I I —D I I I I |NT11 V V # |NT12 _ L V / 4 07A : INTx.1 ‘ C 4 4 INTX.2 : : INTX.3 7 ‘ C 4 4 INDIA 4 4 4 INTx.5 ‘ ‘ INTx.6 4 : |NTx.7 ‘ INTX.8

Eight PIE block interrupts are grouped into one CPU interrupt. In total, 12 CPU interrupt groups, with 8 interrupts

per group equals 96 possible interrupts. Table 8-19 shows the interrupts used by 2803x devices.

The TRAP #VectorNumber instruction transfers program control to the interrupt service routine corresponding

to the vector specified. The TRAP #0 instruction attempts to transfer program control to the address pointed to

by the reset vector. The PIE vector table does not, however, include a reset vector. Therefore, the TRAP #0

instruction should not be used when the PIE is enabled. Doing so will result in undefined behavior.

When the PIE is enabled, the TRAP #1 to TRAP #12 instructions will transfer program control to the interrupt

service routine corresponding to the first vector within the PIE group. For example: the TRAP #1 instruction

fetches the vector from INT1.1, the TRAP #2 instruction fetches the vector from INT2.1, and so forth.

INT12

MUX

INT11

INT2

INT1

CPU

(Enable)(Flag)

INTx

INTx.8

PIEIERx[8:1] PIEIFRx[8:1]

MUX

INTx.7

INTx.6

INTx.5

INTx.4

INTx.3

INTx.2

INTx.1

From

Peripherals

External

Interrupts

(Enable) (Flag)

IER[12:1]IFR[12:1]

Global

Enable

INTM

PIEACKx

(Enable/Flag)

Figure 8-13. Multiplexing of Interrupts Using the PIE Block

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

In Table 8-19, out of 96 possible interrupts, some interrupts are not used. These interrupts are reserved for

future devices. These interrupts can be used as software interrupts if they are enabled at the PIEIFRx level,

provided none of the interrupts within the group is being used by a peripheral. Otherwise, interrupts coming in

from peripherals may be lost by accidentally clearing their flag while modifying the PIEIFR. To summarize, there

are two safe cases when the reserved interrupts could be used as software interrupts:

1. No peripheral within the group is asserting interrupts.

2. No peripheral interrupts are assigned to the group (for example, PIE group 7).

Table 8-19. PIE MUXed Peripheral Interrupt Vector Table

INTx.8 INTx.7 INTx.6 INTx.5 INTx.4 INTx.3 INTx.2 INTx.1

INT1.y WAKEINT TINT0 ADCINT9 XINT2 XINT1 Reserved ADCINT2 ADCINT1

(LPM/WD) (TIMER 0) (ADC) Ext. int. 2 Ext. int. 1 – (ADC) (ADC)

0xD4E 0xD4C 0xD4A 0xD48 0xD46 0xD44 0xD42 0xD40

INT2.y Reserved EPWM7_TZINT EPWM6_TZINT EPWM5_TZINT EPWM4_TZINT EPWM3_TZINT EPWM2_TZINT EPWM1_TZINT

– (ePWM7) (ePWM6) (ePWM5) (ePWM4) (ePWM3) (ePWM2) (ePWM1)

0xD5E 0xD5C 0xD5A 0xD58 0xD56 0xD54 0xD52 0xD50

INT3.y Reserved EPWM7_INT EPWM6_INT EPWM5_INT EPWM4_INT EPWM3_INT EPWM2_INT EPWM1_INT

– (ePWM7) (ePWM6) (ePWM5) (ePWM4) (ePWM3) (ePWM2) (ePWM1)

0xD6E 0xD6C 0xD6A 0xD68 0xD66 0xD64 0xD62 0xD60

INT4.y HRCAP2_INT HRCAP1_INT Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved ECAP1_INT

(HRCAP2) (HRCAP1) – – – – – (eCAP1)

0xD7E 0xD7C 0xD7A 0xD78 0xD76 0xD74 0xD72 0xD70

INT5.y Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved EQEP1_INT

– – – – – – – (eQEP1)

0xD8E 0xD8C 0xD8A 0xD88 0xD86 0xD84 0xD82 0xD80

INT6.y Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved SPITXINTB SPIRXINTB SPITXINTA SPIRXINTA

– – – – (SPI-B) (SPI-B) (SPI-A) (SPI-A)

0xD9E 0xD9C 0xD9A 0xD98 0xD96 0xD94 0xD92 0xD90

INT7.y Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

– – – – – – – –

0xDAE 0xDAC 0xDAA 0xDA8 0xDA6 0xDA4 0xDA2 0xDA0

INT8.y Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved I2CINT2A I2CINT1A

– – – – – – (I2C-A) (I2C-A)

0xDBE 0xDBC 0xDBA 0xDB8 0xDB6 0xDB4 0xDB2 0xDB0

INT9.y Reserved Reserved ECAN1_INTA ECAN0_INTA LIN1_INTA LIN0_INTA SCITXINTA SCIRXINTA

– – (CAN-A) (CAN-A) (LIN-A) (LIN-A) (SCI-A) (SCI-A)

0xDCE 0xDCC 0xDCA 0xDC8 0xDC6 0xDC4 0xDC2 0xDC0

INT10.y ADCINT8 ADCINT7 ADCINT6 ADCINT5 ADCINT4 ADCINT3 ADCINT2 ADCINT1

(ADC) (ADC) (ADC) (ADC) (ADC) (ADC) (ADC) (ADC)

0xDDE 0xDDC 0xDDA 0xDD8 0xDD6 0xDD4 0xDD2 0xDD0

INT11.y CLA1_INT8 CLA1_INT7 CLA1_INT6 CLA1_INT5 CLA1_INT4 CLA1_INT3 CLA1_INT2 CLA1_INT1

(CLA) (CLA) (CLA) (CLA) (CLA) (CLA) (CLA) (CLA)

0xDEE 0xDEC 0xDEA 0xDE8 0xDE6 0xDE4 0xDE2 0xDE0

INT12.y LUF LVF Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved XINT3

(CLA) (CLA) – – – – – Ext. Int. 3

0xDFE 0xDFC 0xDFA 0xDF8 0xDF6 0xDF4 0xDF2 0xDF0

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-20. PIE Configuration and Control Registers

NAME ADDRESS SIZE (x16) DESCRIPTION(1)

PIECTRL 0x0CE0 1 PIE, Control Register

PIEACK 0x0CE1 1 PIE, Acknowledge Register

PIEIER1 0x0CE2 1 PIE, INT1 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR1 0x0CE3 1 PIE, INT1 Group Flag Register

PIEIER2 0x0CE4 1 PIE, INT2 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR2 0x0CE5 1 PIE, INT2 Group Flag Register

PIEIER3 0x0CE6 1 PIE, INT3 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR3 0x0CE7 1 PIE, INT3 Group Flag Register

PIEIER4 0x0CE8 1 PIE, INT4 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR4 0x0CE9 1 PIE, INT4 Group Flag Register

PIEIER5 0x0CEA 1 PIE, INT5 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR5 0x0CEB 1 PIE, INT5 Group Flag Register

PIEIER6 0x0CEC 1 PIE, INT6 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR6 0x0CED 1 PIE, INT6 Group Flag Register

PIEIER7 0x0CEE 1 PIE, INT7 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR7 0x0CEF 1 PIE, INT7 Group Flag Register

PIEIER8 0x0CF0 1 PIE, INT8 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR8 0x0CF1 1 PIE, INT8 Group Flag Register

PIEIER9 0x0CF2 1 PIE, INT9 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR9 0x0CF3 1 PIE, INT9 Group Flag Register

PIEIER10 0x0CF4 1 PIE, INT10 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR10 0x0CF5 1 PIE, INT10 Group Flag Register

PIEIER11 0x0CF6 1 PIE, INT11 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR11 0x0CF7 1 PIE, INT11 Group Flag Register

PIEIER12 0x0CF8 1 PIE, INT12 Group Enable Register

PIEIFR12 0x0CF9 1 PIE, INT12 Group Flag Register

Reserved 0x0CFA –

0x0CFF

6 Reserved

(1) The PIE configuration and control registers are not protected by EALLOW mode. The PIE vector

table is protected.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

W TEXAS INSTRUMENTS $ b Vvvvovv' tdohﬁtﬁtof‘

8.8.1 External Interrupts

Table 8-21. External Interrupt Registers

NAME ADDRESS SIZE (x16) DESCRIPTION

XINT1CR 0x00 7070 1 XINT1 configuration register

XINT2CR 0x00 7071 1 XINT2 configuration register

XINT3CR 0x00 7072 1 XINT3 configuration register

XINT1CTR 0x00 7078 1 XINT1 counter register

XINT2CTR 0x00 7079 1 XINT2 counter register

XINT3CTR 0x00 707A 1 XINT3 counter register

Each external interrupt can be enabled/disabled or qualified using positive, negative, or both positive and

negative edge. For more information, see the System Control chapter in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time

Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

8.8.1.1 External Interrupt Electrical Data/Timing

8.8.1.1.1 External Interrupt Timing Requirements

MIN MAX UNIT

tw(INT) (1) (2) Pulse duration, INT input low/high Synchronous 1tc(SCO) cycles

With qualifier 1tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW) cycles

(1) For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Section 8.9.15.1.2.1.

(2) This timing is applicable to any GPIO pin configured for ADCSOC functionality.

8.8.1.1.2 External Interrupt Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER MIN MAX UNIT

td(INT) (1) Delay time, INT low/high to interrupt-vector fetch tw(IQSW) + 12tc(SCO) cycles

(1) For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Section 8.9.15.1.2.1.

XINT1,XINT2,XINT3

tw(INT)

InterruptVector

td(INT)

Addressbus

(internal)

Figure 8-14. External Interrupt Timing

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9 Peripherals

8.9.1 Control Law Accelerator (CLA) Overview

The control law accelerator extends the capabilities of the C28x CPU by adding parallel processing. Time-critical

control loops serviced by the CLA can achieve low ADC sample to output delay. Thus, the CLA enables faster

system response and higher frequency control loops. Utilizing the CLA for time-critical tasks frees up the main

CPU to perform other system and communication functions concurently. The following is a list of major features

of the CLA.

• Clocked at the same rate as the main CPU (SYSCLKOUT).

• An independent architecture allowing CLA algorithm execution independent of the main C28x CPU.

– Complete bus architecture:

• Program address bus and program data bus

• Data address bus, data read bus, and data write bus

– Independent eight-stage pipeline.

– 12-bit program counter (MPC)

– Four 32-bit result registers (MR0–MR3)

– Two 16-bit auxillary registers (MAR0, MAR1)

– Status register (MSTF)

• Instruction set includes:

– IEEE single-precision (32-bit) floating-point math operations

– Floating-point math with parallel load or store

– Floating-point multiply with parallel add or subtract

– 1/X and 1/sqrt(X) estimations

– Data type conversions.

– Conditional branch and call

– Data load/store operations

• The CLA program code can consist of up to eight tasks or interrupt service routines.

– The start address of each task is specified by the MVECT registers.

– No limit on task size as long as the tasks fit within the CLA program memory space.

– One task is serviced at a time through to completion. There is no nesting of tasks.

– Upon task completion, a task-specific interrupt is flagged within the PIE.

– When a task finishes, the next highest-priority pending task is automatically started.

• Task trigger mechanisms:

– C28x CPU through the IACK instruction

– Task1 to Task7: the corresponding ADC or ePWM module interrupt. For example:

• Task1: ADCINT1 or EPWM1_INT

• Task2: ADCINT2 or EPWM2_INT

• Task7: ADCINT7 or EPWM7_INT

– Task8: ADCINT8 or by CPU Timer 0.

• Memory and Shared Peripherals:

– Two dedicated message RAMs for communication between the CLA and the main CPU.

– The C28x CPU can map CLA program and data memory to the main CPU space or CLA space.

– The CLA has direct access to the ADC Result registers, comparator registers, and the ePWM+HRPWM

registers.

For more information on the CLA, see the Control Law Accelerator (CLA) chapter in the TMS320F2803x

Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS ? a = ‘— _ isYSCLKOUTgb 7 CLAENCLK 4» —> LVF Q: ++

CLA_INT1toCLA_INT8

MVECT1

MIFR

MIER

MIFRC

MVECT2

MIRUN

MPERINT1

MPERINT8

PIE

Main

28x

CPU

CLA

Program

Memory

MMEMCFG

MR0(32)

MPC(12)

MR1(32)

MR3(32)

MAR0(32)

MSTF(32)

MR2(32)

MAR1(32)

MIOVF

MICLR

MCTL

MICLROVF

MPISRCSEL1

MVECT3

MVECT4

MVECT5

MVECT6

MVECT7

MVECT8

Main CPU BUS

INT11

INT12

PeripheralInterrupts

ADCINT1to

ADCINT8

EPWM1_INT to

INT

EPWM8_INT

CPUTimer0

MaptoCLA or

CPUSpace

CLA

Data

Memory

Comparator

Registers

ePWM

and

HRPWM

Registers

ADC

Result

Registers

CLA

Shared

Message

RAMs

MainCPURead/WriteDataBus

CLA DataRead AddressBus

CLA DataWriteDataBus

CLA DataWrite AddressBus

CLA DataReadDataBus

CLA Program AddressBus

CLA ProgramDataBus

MEALLOW

MainCPUReadDataBus

MaptoCLA or

CPUSpace

CLA DataBus

MainCPUBus

CLA Execution

Registers

CLA Control

Registers

SYSCLKOUT

CLAENCLK

SYSRS

LVF

LUF

IACK

Figure 8-15. CLA Block Diagram

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-22. CLA Control Registers

ADDRESS SIZE (x16) EALLOW

PROTECTED DESCRIPTION(1)

MVECT1 0x1400 1 Yes CLA Interrupt/Task 1 Start Address

MVECT2 0x1401 1 Yes CLA Interrupt/Task 2 Start Address

MVECT3 0x1402 1 Yes CLA Interrupt/Task 3 Start Address

MVECT4 0x1403 1 Yes CLA Interrupt/Task 4 Start Address

MVECT5 0x1404 1 Yes CLA Interrupt/Task 5 Start Address

MVECT6 0x1405 1 Yes CLA Interrupt/Task 6 Start Address

MVECT7 0x1406 1 Yes CLA Interrupt/Task 7 Start Address

MVECT8 0x1407 1 Yes CLA Interrupt/Task 8 Start Address

MCTL 0x1410 1 Yes CLA Control Register

MMEMCFG 0x1411 1 Yes CLA Memory Configure Register

MPISRCSEL1 0x1414 2 Yes Peripheral Interrupt Source Select Register 1

MIFR 0x1420 1 Yes Interrupt Flag Register

MIOVF 0x1421 1 Yes Interrupt Overflow Register

MIFRC 0x1422 1 Yes Interrupt Force Register

MICLR 0x1423 1 Yes Interrupt Clear Register

MICLROVF 0x1424 1 Yes Interrupt Overflow Clear Register

MIER 0x1425 1 Yes Interrupt Enable Register

MIRUN 0x1426 1 Yes Interrupt RUN Register

MIPCTL 0x1427 1 Yes Interrupt Priority Control Register

MPC(2) 0x1428 1 – CLA Program Counter

MAR0(2) 0x142A 1 – CLA Aux Register 0

MAR1(2) 0x142B 1 – CLA Aux Register 1

MSTF(2) 0x142E 2 – CLA STF Register

MR0(2) 0x1430 2 – CLA R0H Register

MR1(2) 0x1434 2 – CLA R1H Register

MR2(2) 0x1438 2 – CLA R2H Register

MR3(2) 0x143C 2 – CLA R3H Register

(1) All registers in this table are CSM protected

(2) The main C28x CPU has read only access to this register for debug purposes. The main CPU cannot perform CPU or debugger writes

to this register.

Table 8-23. CLA Message RAM

ADDRESS RANGE SIZE (x16) DESCRIPTION

0x1480 – 0x14FF 128 CLA to CPU Message RAM

0x1500 – 0x157F 128 CPU to CLA Message RAM

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS m m V—H—‘

8.9.2 Analog Block

A 12-bit ADC core is implemented that has different timings than the 12-bit ADC used on F280x/F2833x. The

ADC wrapper is modified to incorporate the new timings and also other enhancements to improve the timing

control of start of conversions. Figure 8-16 shows the interaction of the analog module with the rest of the

F2803x system.

For more information on the ADC, see the Analog-to-Digital Converter and Comparator chapter in the

TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

56-Pin

64-Pin 80-Pin

VDDA VDDA

VREFLO

Tied To

VSSA

VREFLO

VREFHI

Tied To

A4 A4

A6 A6

B0 B0

B2 B2

B4 B4

B6 B6

(3.3 V) VDDA

(Agnd) VSSA

VREFLO

Diff

Interface Reference

Comp1

VREFHI

AIO2

AIO10

10-Bit

DAC

COMP1OUT

AIO4

AIO12

Comp2

10-Bit

DAC

COMP2OUT

Comp3

10-Bit

DAC

COMP3OUT

ADC

AIO6

AIO14

Simultaneous Sampling Channels

Signal Pinout

Temperature Sensor

Figure 8-16. Analog Pin Configurations

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS D REFHI

8.9.2.1 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)

8.9.2.1.1 Features

The core of the ADC contains a single 12-bit converter fed by two sample-and-hold circuits. The sample-

and-hold circuits can be sampled simultaneously or sequentially. These, in turn, are fed by a total of up to

16 analog input channels. The converter can be configured to run with an internal band-gap reference to

create true-voltage based conversions or with a pair of external voltage references (VREFHI/VREFLO) to create

ratiometric-based conversions.

Contrary to previous ADC types, this ADC is not sequencer-based. It is easy for the user to create a series of

conversions from a single trigger. However, the basic principle of operation is centered around the configurations

of individual conversions, called SOCs, or Start-Of-Conversions.

Functions of the ADC module include:

• 12-bit ADC core with built-in dual sample-and-hold (S/H)

• Simultaneous sampling or sequential sampling modes

• Full range analog input: 0 V to 3.3 V fixed, or VREFHI/VREFLO ratiometric. The digital value of the input analog

voltage is derived by:

– Internal Reference (VREFLO = VSSA. VREFHI must not exceed VDDA when using either internal or external

reference modes.)

0,ValueDigital =

V0inputwhen £

3.3

VoltageAnalogInput

4096ValueDigital REFLO

´=

V3.3inputV0when <<

4095,ValueDigital =

V3.3inputwhen ³

– External Reference (VREFHI/VREFLO connected to external references. VREFHI must not exceed VDDA when

using either internal or external reference modes.)

0,ValueDigital =

V0inputwhen £

VoltageAnalogInput

4096ValueDigital

REFLOREFHI

REFLO

´=

inputV0when REFHI

4095,ValueDigital =

inputwhen REFHI

• Up to 16-channel, multiplexed inputs

• 16 SOCs, configurable for trigger, sample window, and channel

• 16 result registers (individually addressable) to store conversion values

• Multiple trigger sources

– S/W – software immediate start

– ePWM 1–7

– GPIO XINT2

– CPU Timers 0/1/2

– ADCINT1/2

• 9 flexible PIE interrupts, can configure interrupt request after any conversion

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-24. ADC Configuration and Control Registers

(x16)

EALLOW

PROTECTE

DESCRIPTION

ADCCTL1 0x7100 1 Yes Control 1 Register

ADCCTL2 0x7101 1 Yes Control 2 Register

ADCINTFLG 0x7104 1 No Interrupt Flag Register

ADCINTFLGCLR 0x7105 1 No Interrupt Flag Clear Register

ADCINTOVF 0x7106 1 No Interrupt Overflow Register

ADCINTOVFCLR 0x7107 1 No Interrupt Overflow Clear Register

INTSEL1N2 0x7108 1 Yes Interrupt 1 and 2 Selection Register

INTSEL3N4 0x7109 1 Yes Interrupt 3 and 4 Selection Register

INTSEL5N6 0x710A 1 Yes Interrupt 5 and 6 Selection Register

INTSEL7N8 0x710B 1 Yes Interrupt 7 and 8 Selection Register

INTSEL9N10 0x710C 1 Yes Interrupt 9 Selection Register (reserved Interrupt 10 Selection)

SOCPRICTL 0x7110 1 Yes SOC Priority Control Register

ADCSAMPLEMODE 0x7112 1 Yes Sampling Mode Register

ADCINTSOCSEL1 0x7114 1 Yes Interrupt SOC Selection 1 Register (for 8 channels)

ADCINTSOCSEL2 0x7115 1 Yes Interrupt SOC Selection 2 Register (for 8 channels)

ADCSOCFLG1 0x7118 1 No SOC Flag 1 Register (for 16 channels)

ADCSOCFRC1 0x711A 1 No SOC Force 1 Register (for 16 channels)

ADCSOCOVF1 0x711C 1 No SOC Overflow 1 Register (for 16 channels)

ADCSOCOVFCLR1 0x711E 1 No SOC Overflow Clear 1 Register (for 16 channels)

ADCSOC0CTL to

ADCSOC15CTL

0x7120 –

0x712F

1 Yes SOC0 Control Register to SOC15 Control Register

ADCREFTRIM 0x7140 1 Yes Reference Trim Register

ADCOFFTRIM 0x7141 1 Yes Offset Trim Register

COMPHYSTCTL 0x714C 1 Yes Comparator Hysteresis Control Register

ADCREV 0x714F 1 No Revision Register

Table 8-25. ADC Result Registers (Mapped to PF0)

(x16)

EALLOW

PROTECTED DESCRIPTION

ADCRESULT0 to ADCRESULT15 0xB00 to 0xB0F 1 No ADC Result 0 Register to ADC Result 15

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

PF0(CPU)

PF2(CPU)

SYSCLKOUT

ADCENCLK

AIO

MUX

ADC

Channels

ADC

Core

12-Bit

0-Wait

Result

Registers

ADCINT1

ADCINT9

ADCTRIG1 TINT0

PIE

CPUTIMER0

ADCTRIG2 TINT1 CPUTIMER1

ADCTRIG3 TINT2 CPUTIMER2

ADCTRIG4 XINT2SOC XINT2

ADCTRIG5 SOCA 1

EPWM1

ADCTRIG6 SOCB1

ADCTRIG7 SOCA 2

EPWM2

ADCTRIG8 SOCB2

ADCTRIG9 SOCA 3

EPWM3

ADCTRIG10 SOCB3

ADCTRIG11 SOCA 4

EPWM4

ADCTRIG12 SOCB4

ADCTRIG13 SOCA 5

EPWM5

ADCTRIG14 SOCB5

ADCTRIG15 SOCA 6

EPWM6

ADCTRIG16 SOCB6

ADCTRIG17 SOCA 7

EPWM7

ADCTRIG18 SOCB7

Figure 8-17. ADC Connections

ADC Connections if the ADC is Not Used

TI recommends keeping the connections for the analog power pins, even if the ADC is not used. Following is a

summary of how the ADC pins should be connected, if the ADC is not used in an application:

• VDDA – Connect to VDDIO

• VSSA – Connect to VSS

• VREFLO – Connect to VSS

• ADCINAn, ADCINBn, VREFHI – Connect to VSSA

When the ADC module is used in an application, unused ADC input pins should be connected to analog ground

(VSSA).

Note

Unused ADCIN pins that are multiplexed with AIO function should not be directly connected to analog

ground. They should be grounded through a 1-kΩ resistor. This is to prevent an errant code from

configuring these pins as AIO outputs and driving grounded pins to a logic-high state.

When the ADC is not used, be sure that the clock to the ADC module is not turned on to realize power savings.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS AD 5 \—/

8.9.2.1.2 ADC Start-of-Conversion Electrical Data/Timing

8.9.2.1.2.1 External ADC Start-of-Conversion Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER MIN MAX UNIT

tw(ADCSOCL) Pulse duration, ADCSOCxO low 32tc(HCO) cycles

ADCSOCAO

ADCSOCBO

tw(ADCSOCL)

Figure 8-18. ADCSOCAO or ADCSOCBO Timing

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.2.1.3 On-Chip Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Electrical Data/Timing

8.9.2.1.3.1 ADC Electrical Characteristics

PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNIT

DC SPECIFICATIONS

Resolution 12 Bits

ADC clock 60-MHz device 0.001 60 MHz

Sample Window 28035/34/33/32 7 64 ADC

Clocks

28031/30 24 64

ACCURACY

INL (Integral nonlinearity) at ADC Clock ≤ 30 MHz(1) –4 4 LSB

DNL (Differential nonlinearity) at ADC Clock ≤ 30 MHz,

no missing codes –1 1 LSB

Offset error (2) Executing a single self-

recalibration(3) –20 0 20

LSB

Executing periodic self-

recalibration(4) –4 0 4

Overall gain error with internal reference –60 60 LSB

Overall gain error with external reference –40 40 LSB

Channel-to-channel offset variation –4 4 LSB

Channel-to-channel gain variation –4 4 LSB

ADC temperature coefficient with internal reference –50 ppm/°C

ADC temperature coefficient with external reference –20 ppm/°C

VREFLO –100 µA

VREFHI 100 µA

ANALOG INPUT

Analog input voltage with internal reference 0 3.3 V

Analog input voltage with external reference VREFLO VREFHI V

VREFLO input voltage(5) VSSA 0.66 V

VREFHI input voltage(6) 2.64 VDDA V

with VREFLO = VSSA 1.98 VDDA

Input capacitance 5 pF

Input leakage current ±2 μA

(1) INL will degrade when the ADC input voltage goes above VDDA.

(2) 1 LSB has the weighted value of full-scale range (FSR)/4096. FSR is 3.3 V with internal reference and VREFHI - VREFLO for external

reference.

(3) For more details, see the TMS320F2803x Real-Time MCUs Silicon Errata.

(4) Periodic self-recalibration will remove system-level and temperature dependencies on the ADC zero offset error. This can be

performed as needed in the application without sacrificing an ADC channel by using the procedure listed in the "ADC Zero Offset

Calibration" section of the Analog-to-Digital Converter and Comparator chapter in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers

Technical Reference Manual.

(5) VREFLO is always connected to VSSA on the 64-pin PAG device.

(6) VREFHI must not exceed VDDA when using either internal or external reference modes. Because VREFHI is tied to ADCINA0 on the

64-pin PAG device, the input signal on ADCINA0 must not exceed VDDA.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS \ com/emu" —‘—/—

8.9.2.1.3.2 ADC Power Modes

ADC OPERATING MODE CONDITIONS IDDA UNITS

Mode A – Operating Mode

ADC Clock Enabled

Band gap On (ADCBGPWD = 1)

Reference On (ADCREFPWD = 1)

ADC Powered Up (ADCPWDN = 1)

13 mA

Mode B – Quick Wake Mode

ADC Clock Enabled

Band gap On (ADCBGPWD = 1)

Reference On (ADCREFPWD = 1)

ADC Powered Up (ADCPWDN = 0)

4 mA

Mode C – Comparator-Only Mode

ADC Clock Enabled

Band gap On (ADCBGPWD = 1)

Reference On (ADCREFPWD = 0)

ADC Powered Up (ADCPWDN = 0)

1.5 mA

Mode D – Off Mode

ADC Clock Enabled

Band gap On (ADCBGPWD = 0)

Reference On (ADCREFPWD = 0)

ADC Powered Up (ADCPWDN = 0)

0.075 mA

8.9.2.1.3.3 Internal Temperature Sensor

8.9.2.1.3.3.1 Temperature Sensor Coefficient

PARAMETER(1) MIN TYP MAX UNIT

TSLOPE Degrees C of temperature movement per measured ADC LSB change

of the temperature sensor 0.18(2) (3) °C/LSB

TOFFSET ADC output at 0°C of the temperature sensor 1750 LSB

(1) The temperature sensor slope and offset are given in terms of ADC LSBs using the internal reference of the ADC. Values must be

adjusted accordingly in external reference mode to the external reference voltage.

(2) Output of the temperature sensor (in terms of LSBs) is sign-consistent with the direction of the temperature movement. Increasing

temperatures will give increasing ADC values relative to an initial value; decreasing temperatures will give decreasing ADC values

relative to an initial value.

(3) ADC temperature coeffieicient is accounted for in this specification

8.9.2.1.3.4 ADC Power-Up Control Bit Timing

8.9.2.1.3.4.1 ADC Power-Up Delays

PARAMETER(1) MIN MAX UNIT

td(PWD) Delay time for the ADC to be stable after power up 1 ms

(1) Timings maintain compatibility to the ADC module. The 2803x ADC supports driving all 3 bits at the same time td(PWD) ms before first

conversion.

ADCPWDN/

ADCBGPWD/

ADCREFPWD/

ADCENABLE

Requestfor ADC

Conversion

td(PWD)

Figure 8-19. ADC Conversion Timing

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

RsADCIN

5 pF

1.6 pF

Switch

Typical Values of the Input Circuit Components:

Switch Resistance (R ): 3.4 k

on W

Sampling Capacitor (C ): 1.6 pF

Parasitic Capacitance (C ): 5 pF

Source Resistance (R ): 50

28x DSP

Source

Signal

3.4 kW

Ron

Figure 8-20. ADC Input Impedance Model

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

ﬂ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS 1mm . ﬂ F in / kt EL

8.9.2.1.3.5 ADC Sequential and Simultaneous Timings

SOC0

ADCCLK

ADCRESULT 0

S/HWindowPulsetoCore

ADCCTL 1.INTPULSEPOS

ADCSOCFLG 1.SOC0

ADCINTFLG.ADCINTx

SOC1 SOC2

9 15 22 24 3720

Result 0 Latched

ADCSOCFLG 1.SOC1

ADCSOCFLG 1.SOC2

ADCRESULT 1

EOC0 Pulse

EOC1 Pulse

Conversion 0

13 ADCClocks

Minimum

7 ADCCLKs

ADCCLKs

Conversion 1

13 ADCClocks

Minimum

7 ADCCLKs

2 ADCCLKs

1 ADCCLK

AnalogInput

SOC1 Sample

Window

SOC0 Sample

Window

SOC2 Sample

Window

Figure 8-21. Timing Example for Sequential Mode / Late Interrupt Pulse

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

{5‘ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS ---m...................+-.. aw ..... g. -- WW...

Conversion 0

13 ADCClocks

Minimum

7 ADCCLKs

SOC0

ADCCLK

ADCRESULT 0

S/HWindowPulsetoCore

ADCCTL1.INTPULSEPOS

ADCSOCFLG 1.SOC0

ADCINTFLG.ADCINTx

SOC1 SOC2

9 15 22 24 37

ADCCLKs

Result 0 Latched

Conversion 1

13 ADCClocks

Minimum

7 ADCCLKs

ADCSOCFLG 1.SOC1

ADCSOCFLG 1.SOC2

ADCRESULT 1

EOC0 Pulse

EOC1 Pulse

EOC2 Pulse

2 ADCCLKs

AnalogInput

SOC1 Sample

Window

SOC0 Sample

Window

SOC2 Sample

Window

Figure 8-22. Timing Example for Sequential Mode / Early Interrupt Pulse

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

ﬂ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS Bl:

Conversion 0 (A)

13 ADCClocks

Minimum

7 ADCCLKs

SOC0 (A/B)

ADCCLK

ADCRESULT 0

S/HWindowPulsetoCore

ADCCTL1.INTPULSEPOS

ADCSOCFLG 1.SOC0

ADCINTFLG .ADCINTx

SOC2 (A/B)

9 22 24 37

ADCCLKs

Result 0 (A) Latched

Conversion 0 (B)

13 ADCClocks

Minimum

7 ADCCLKs

ADCSOCFLG 1.SOC1

ADCSOCFLG 1.SOC2

ADCRESULT 1 Result 0 (B) Latched

Conversion 1 (A)

13 ADCClocks

ADCRESULT 2

EOC0 Pulse

EOC1 Pulse

EOC2 Pulse

1 ADCCLK

2 ADCCLKs

AnalogInputB

SOC0 Sample

BWindow

SOC2 Sample

BWindow

AnalogInput A

SOC0 Sample

A Window

SOC2 Sample

A Window

Figure 8-23. Timing Example for Simultaneous Mode / Late Interrupt Pulse

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

{5‘ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS S71 J ,‘ 13ADC mocks W ADCCLKS ADCCLKs

ADCCLK

0 9

SOC0 Sample

B Window

Analog Input B

Analog Input A

SOC0 Sample

A Window

37 50

SOC2 Sample

B Window

SOC2 Sample

A Window

2422

ADCCTL1.INTPULSEPOS

ADCSOCFLG1.SOC0

ADCSOCFLG1.SOC1

ADCSOCFLG1.SOC2

S/H Window Pulse to Core SOC0 (A/B) SOC2 (A/B)

ADCRESULT 0 Result 0 (A) Latched

2 ADCCLKs

Result 0 (B) Latched

ADCRESULT 1

ADCRESULT 2

EOC0 Pulse

EOC1 Pulse

EOC2 Pulse

Minimum

7 ADCCLKs

Conversion 0 (A)

13 ADC Clocks 2 ADCCLKs

Minimum

7 ADCCLKs

Conversion 1 (A)

13 ADC Clocks

Conversion 0 (B)

13 ADC Clocks

ADCINTFLG.ADCINTx

ADCCLKs

Figure 8-24. Timing Example for Simultaneous Mode / Early Interrupt Pulse

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS AIOXDIR

8.9.2.2 ADC MUX

To COMPy A or B input

To ADC Channel X

AIOx Pin

AIOxIN

AIOxINE

SYNC

SYSCLK

Logic implemented in GPIO MUX block

AIODAT Reg

(Read)

AIODAT Reg

(Latch)

AIOSET,

AIOCLEAR,

AIOTOGGLE

Regs

AIOMUX 1 Reg

AIOxDIR

(1 = Input,

0 = Output)

(0 = Input, 1 = Output)

AIODIR Reg

(Latch)

Figure 8-25. AIOx Pin Multiplexing

The ADC channel and Comparator functions are always available. The digital I/O function is available only when

the respective bit in the AIOMUX1 register is 0. In this mode, reading the AIODAT register reflects the actual pin

state.

The digital I/O function is disabled when the respective bit in the AIOMUX1 register is 1. In this mode, reading

the AIODAT register reflects the output latch of the AIODAT register and the input digital I/O buffer is disabled to

prevent analog signals from generating noise.

On reset, the digital function is disabled. If the pin is used as an analog input, users should keep the AIO function

disabled for that pin.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.2.3 Comparator Block

Figure 8-26 shows the interaction of the Comparator modules with the rest of the system.

AIO

MUX

COMP x A

COMP xB

COMP x

DACx

Wrapper

DAC

Core

10-Bit

COMP

COMPxOUT

GPIO

MUX

TZ1/2/3

ePWM

Figure 8-26. Comparator Block Diagram

Table 8-26. Comparator Control Registers

NAME

COMP1

ADDRESS

COMP2

ADDRESS

COMP3

ADDRESS

SIZE

(x16)

EALLOW

PROTECTED DESCRIPTION

COMPCTL 0x6400 0x6420 0x6440 1 Yes Comparator Control Register

COMPSTS 0x6402 0x6422 0x6442 1 No Comparator Status Register

DACCTL 0x6404 0x6424 0x6444 1 Yes DAC Control Register

DACVAL 0x6406 0x6426 0x6446 1 No DAC Value Register

RAMPMAXREF_

ACTIVE 0x6408 0x6428 0x6448 1 No Ramp Generator Maximum Reference

(Active) Register

RAMPMAXREF_

SHDW 0x640A 0x642A 0x644A 1 No Ramp Generator Maximum Reference

(Shadow) Register

RAMPDECVAL_

ACTIVE 0x640C 0x642C 0x644C 1 No Ramp Generator Decrement Value

(Active) Register

RAMPDECVAL_

SHDW 0x640E 0x642E 0x644E 1 No Ramp Generator Decrement Value

(Shadow) Register

RAMPSTS 0x6410 0x6430 0x6450 1 No Ramp Generator Status Register

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

INSTRUMENTS 11m]

8.9.2.3.1 On-Chip Comparator/DAC Electrical Data/Timing

8.9.2.3.1.1 Electrical Characteristics of the Comparator/DAC

PARAMETER MIN TYP MAX UNITS

Comparator

Comparator Input Range VSSA – VDDA V

Comparator response time to PWM Trip Zone (Async) 30 ns

Input Offset ±5 mV

Input Hysteresis(1) 35 mV

DAC

DAC Output Range VSSA – VDDA V

DAC resolution 10 bits

DAC settling time See Figure 8-27

DAC Gain –1.5%

DAC Offset 10 mV

Monotonic Yes

INL ±3 LSB

(1) Hysteresis on the comparator inputs is achieved with a Schmidt trigger configuration. This results in an effective 100-kΩ feedback

resistance between the output of the comparator and the noninverting input of the comparator. There is an option to disable the

hysteresis and, with it, the feedback resistance; see the Analog-to-Digital Converter and Comparator chapter in the TMS320F2803x

Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual for more information on this option if needed in your system.

Settling Time (ns)

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

1100

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

DAC Step Size (Codes)

15 Codes 7 Codes 3 Codes 1 Code

DAC Accuracy

Figure 8-27. DAC Settling Time

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS 6.02

8.9.3 Detailed Descriptions

Integral Nonlinearity

Integral nonlinearity refers to the deviation of each individual code from a line drawn from zero to full scale. The

point used as zero occurs one-half LSB before the first code transition. The full-scale point is defined as level

one-half LSB beyond the last code transition. The deviation is measured from the center of each particular code

to the true straight line between these two points.

Differential Nonlinearity

An ideal ADC exhibits code transitions that are exactly 1 LSB apart. DNL is the deviation from this ideal value. A

differential nonlinearity error of less than ±1 LSB ensures no missing codes.

Zero Offset

The major carry transition should occur when the analog input is at zero volts. Zero error is defined as the

deviation of the actual transition from that point.

Gain Error

The first code transition should occur at an analog value one-half LSB above negative full scale. The last

transition should occur at an analog value one and one-half LSB below the nominal full scale. Gain error is the

deviation of the actual difference between first and last code transitions and the ideal difference between first

and last code transitions.

Signal-to-Noise Ratio + Distortion (SINAD)

SINAD is the ratio of the rms value of the measured input signal to the rms sum of all other spectral components

below the Nyquist frequency, including harmonics but excluding dc. The value for SINAD is expressed in

decibels.

Effective Number of Bits (ENOB)

For a sine wave, SINAD can be expressed in terms of the number of bits. Using the following formula,

6.02

1.76)(SINAD

it is possible to get a measure of performance expressed as N, the effective number of

bits. Thus, effective number of bits for a device for sine wave inputs at a given input frequency can be calculated

directly from its measured SINAD.

Total Harmonic Distortion (THD)

THD is the ratio of the rms sum of the first nine harmonic components to the rms value of the measured input

signal and is expressed as a percentage or in decibels.

Spurious Free Dynamic Range (SFDR)

SFDR is the difference in dB between the rms amplitude of the input signal and the peak spurious signal.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.4 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Module

The device includes the four-pin serial peripheral interface (SPI) module. Up to two SPI modules are available.

The SPI is a high-speed, synchronous serial I/O port that allows a serial bit stream of programmed length (1

to 16 bits) to be shifted into and out of the device at a programmable bit-transfer rate. Normally, the SPI is

used for communications between the MCU and external peripherals or another processor. Typical applications

include external I/O or peripheral expansion through devices such as shift registers, display drivers, and ADCs.

Multidevice communications are supported by the master/slave operation of the SPI.

The SPI module features include:

• Four external pins:

– SPISOMI: SPI slave-output/master-input pin

– SPISIMO: SPI slave-input/master-output pin

– SPISTE: SPI slave transmit-enable pin

– SPICLK: SPI serial-clock pin

Note

All four pins can be used as GPIO if the SPI module is not used.

• Two operational modes: master and slave

Baud rate: 125 different programmable rates.

1)(SPIBRR

LSPCLK

rateBaud

127to3SPIBRRwhen =

LSPCLK

rateBaud =

21,0,SPIBRRwhen =

• Data word length: 1 to 16 data bits

• Four clocking schemes (controlled by clock polarity and clock phase bits) include:

– Falling edge without phase delay: SPICLK active-high. SPI transmits data on the falling edge of the

SPICLK signal and receives data on the rising edge of the SPICLK signal.

– Falling edge with phase delay: SPICLK active-high. SPI transmits data one half-cycle ahead of the falling

edge of the SPICLK signal and receives data on the falling edge of the SPICLK signal.

– Rising edge without phase delay: SPICLK inactive-low. SPI transmits data on the rising edge of the

SPICLK signal and receives data on the falling edge of the SPICLK signal.

– Rising edge with phase delay: SPICLK inactive-low. SPI transmits data one half-cycle ahead of the rising

edge of the SPICLK signal and receives data on the rising edge of the SPICLK signal.

• Simultaneous receive and transmit operation (transmit function can be disabled in software)

• Transmitter and receiver operations are accomplished through either interrupt-driven or polled algorithms.

• Nine SPI module control registers: In control register frame beginning at address 7040h.

Note

All registers in this module are 16-bit registers that are connected to Peripheral Frame 2. When a

as zeros. Writing to the upper byte has no effect.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Enhanced feature:

• 4-level transmit/receive FIFO

• Delayed transmit control

• Bidirectional 3 wire SPI mode support

• Audio data receive support through SPISTE inversion

The SPI port operation is configured and controlled by the registers listed in Table 8-27 and Table 8-28.

Table 8-27. SPI-A Registers

NAME ADDRESS SIZE (x16) EALLOW PROTECTED DESCRIPTION(1)

SPICCR 0x7040 1 No SPI-A Configuration Control Register

SPICTL 0x7041 1 No SPI-A Operation Control Register

SPISTS 0x7042 1 No SPI-A Status Register

SPIBRR 0x7044 1 No SPI-A Baud Rate Register

SPIRXEMU 0x7046 1 No SPI-A Receive Emulation Buffer Register

SPIRXBUF 0x7047 1 No SPI-A Serial Input Buffer Register

SPITXBUF 0x7048 1 No SPI-A Serial Output Buffer Register

SPIDAT 0x7049 1 No SPI-A Serial Data Register

SPIFFTX 0x704A 1 No SPI-A FIFO Transmit Register

SPIFFRX 0x704B 1 No SPI-A FIFO Receive Register

SPIFFCT 0x704C 1 No SPI-A FIFO Control Register

SPIPRI 0x704F 1 No SPI-A Priority Control Register

(1) Registers in this table are mapped to Peripheral Frame 2. This space only allows 16-bit accesses. 32-bit accesses produce undefined

results.

Table 8-28. SPI-B Registers

NAME ADDRESS SIZE (x16) EALLOW PROTECTED DESCRIPTION(1)

SPICCR 0x7740 1 No SPI-B Configuration Control Register

SPICTL 0x7741 1 No SPI-B Operation Control Register

SPISTS 0x7742 1 No SPI-B Status Register

SPIBRR 0x7744 1 No SPI-B Baud Rate Register

SPIRXEMU 0x7746 1 No SPI-B Receive Emulation Buffer Register

SPIRXBUF 0x7747 1 No SPI-B Serial Input Buffer Register

SPITXBUF 0x7748 1 No SPI-B Serial Output Buffer Register

SPIDAT 0x7749 1 No SPI-B Serial Data Register

SPIFFTX 0x774A 1 No SPI-B FIFO Transmit Register

SPIFFRX 0x774B 1 No SPI-B FIFO Receive Register

SPIFFCT 0x774C 1 No SPI-B FIFO Control Register

SPIPRI 0x774F 1 No SPI-B Priority Control Register

(1) Registers in this table are mapped to Peripheral Frame 2. This space only allows 16-bit accesses. 32-bit accesses produce undefined

results.

For more information on the SPI, see the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) chapter in the TMS320F2803x

Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Figure 8-28 is a block diagram of the SPI in slave mode.

SPICTL.0

SPIINTFLAG

SPIINT

ENA

SPISTS.6

Clock

Polarity

Talk

LSPCLK

SPIBitRate

StateControl

Clock

Phase

Receiver

OverrunFlag

SPICTL.4

Overrun

INTENA

SPICCR.3-0

SPIBRR.6-0 SPICCR.6 SPICTL.3

SPIDAT.15-0

SPICTL.1

Master/Slave

SPISTS.7

SPIDAT

DataRegister

SPICTL.2

SPIChar

SPISIMO

SPISOMI

SPICLK

SW2

SW3

ToCPU

SW1

RXFIFO_0

RXFIFO_1

-----

RXFIFO_3

TXFIFORegisters

TXFIFO_0

TXFIFO_1

-----

TXFIFO_3

RXFIFORegisters

TXInterrupt

Logic

RXInterrupt

Logic

SPIINT

SPITX

SPIFFOVF

FLAG

SPIFFRX.15

TXFIFOInterrupt

RXFIFOInterrupt

SPIRXBUF

SPITXBUF

SPIFFTX.14

SPIFFENA

SPISTE

SPIPRI.0

TRIWIRE

SPIPRI.1

STEINV

SPIRXBUF

BufferRegister

SPITXBUF

BufferRegister

A. SPISTE is driven low by the master for a slave device.

Figure 8-28. SPI Module Block Diagram (Slave Mode)

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS \ x 3 MP H‘ w w ‘ \ \ 3+ } 1 1 r ﬂ ‘ «owuo‘o 9‘»ou‘o’wn‘o’oun‘wnnn mom»: ”Axum «mommmgmm. ‘ w a¢ i x w w ‘ ‘ y ‘ 3‘3’3’3’3’3’3’3’3‘3’3‘330 {3’3‘3’3'3’3'3’3'3’3‘3’93’3‘3‘3’33’3‘3’33’3'3’3‘3‘“ ‘ ‘ 4F a‘w l

8.9.4.1 SPI Master Mode Electrical Data/Timing

Section 8.9.4.1.1 lists the master mode timing (clock phase = 0) and Section 8.9.4.1.2 lists the master mode

timing (clock phase = 1). Figure 8-29 and Figure 8-30 show the timing waveforms.

8.9.4.1.1 SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0)

NO. PARAMETER(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) BRR EVEN BRR ODD UNIT

MIN MAX MIN MAX

1 tc(SPC)M Cycle time, SPICLK 4tc(LSPCLK) 128tc(LSPCLK) 5tc(LSPCLK) 127tc(LSPCLK) ns

2 tw(SPC1)M

Pulse duration, SPICLK first

pulse 0.5tc(SPC)M – 10 0.5tc(SPC)M + 10 0.5tc(SPC)M + 0.5tc(LSPCLK)

– 10

0.5tc(SPC)M +

0.5tc(LSPCLK) + 10 ns

3 tw(SPC2)M

Pulse duration, SPICLK second

pulse 0.5tc(SPC)M – 10 0.5tc(SPC)M + 10 0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LSPCLK)

– 10

0.5tc(SPC)M –

0.5tc(LSPCLK) + 10 ns

4 td(SIMO)M

Delay time, SPICLK to

SPISIMO valid 10 10 ns

5 tv(SIMO)M

Valid time, SPISIMO valid after

SPICLK 0.5tc(SPC)M – 10 0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LSPCLK)

– 10 ns

8 tsu(SOMI)M

Setup time, SPISOMI before

SPICLK 26 26 ns

9 th(SOMI)M

Hold time, SPISOMI valid after

SPICLK 0 0 ns

23 td(SPC)M

Delay time, SPISTE active to

SPICLK

1.5tc(SPC)M –

3tc(SYSCLK) – 10

1.5tc(SPC)M –

3tc(SYSCLK) – 10 ns

24 td(STE)M

Delay time, SPICLK to SPISTE

inactive 0.5tc(SPC)M – 10 0.5tc(SPC)M – 0.5tc(LSPCLK)

– 10 ns

(1) The MASTER / SLAVE bit (SPICTL.2) is set and the CLOCK PHASE bit (SPICTL.3) is cleared.

(2) tc(SPC) = SPI clock cycle time = LSPCLK/4 or LSPCLK/(SPIBRR +1)

(3) tc(LCO) = LSPCLK cycle time

(4) Internal clock prescalers must be adjusted such that the SPI clock speed is limited to the following SPI clock rate:

Master mode transmit 25-MHz MAX, master mode receive 12.5-MHz MAX

Slave mode transmit 12.5-MAX, slave mode receive 12.5-MHz MAX.

(5) The active edge of the SPICLK signal referenced is controlled by the clock polarity bit (SPICCR.6).

SPISOMI

SPISIMO

SPICLK

(clock polarity = 1)

SPICLK

(clock polarity = 0)

Master In Data

Must Be Valid

Master Out Data Is Valid

SPISTE

23 24

Figure 8-29. SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0)

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS m.2.2.2.2.2.2.2.23 \ 4» 1:7 4% Ti /— O 0 to2o2o2¢¢¢2¢2¢2¢t¢¢¢2¢2929292{9292929292929‘9'0‘0‘9’9‘0‘020‘0'o’

8.9.4.1.2 SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1)

NO. PARAMETER(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) BRR EVEN BRR ODD UNIT

MIN MAX MIN MAX

1 tc(SPC)M Cycle time, SPICLK 4tc(LSPCLK) 128tc(LSPCLK) 5tc(LSPCLK) 127tc(LSPCLK) ns

2 tw(SPC1)M

Pulse duration, SPICLK first

pulse 0.5tc(SPC)M – 10 0.5tc(SPC)M + 10 0.5tc(SPC)M –

0.5tc(LSPCLK) – 10

0.5tc(SPC)M –

0.5tc(LSPCLK) + 10 ns

3 tw(SPC2)M

Pulse duration, SPICLK second

pulse 0.5tc(SPC)M – 10 0.5tc(SPC)M + 10 0.5tc(SPC)M +

0.5tc(LSPCLK) – 10

0.5tc(SPC)M +

0.5tc(LSPCLK) + 10 ns

6 td(SIMO)M

Delay time, SPISIMO valid to

SPICLK 0.5tc(SPC)M – 10 0.5tc(SPC)M +

0.5tc(LSPCLK) – 10 ns

7 tv(SIMO)M

Valid time, SPISIMO valid after

SPICLK 0.5tc(SPC)M – 10 0.5tc(SPC)M –

0.5tc(LSPCLK) – 10 ns

10 tsu(SOMI)M

Setup time, SPISOMI before

SPICLK 26 26 ns

11 th(SOMI)M

Hold time, SPISOMI valid after

SPICLK 0 0 ns

23 td(SPC)M

Delay time, SPISTE active to

SPICLK

2tc(SPC)M –

3tc(SYSCLK) – 10

2tc(SPC)M –

3tc(SYSCLK) – 10 ns

24 td(STE)M

Delay time, SPICLK to SPISTE

inactive 0.5tc(SPC) – 10 0.5tc(SPC) –

0.5tc(LSPCLK) – 10 ns

(1) The MASTER/SLAVE bit (SPICTL.2) is set and the CLOCK PHASE bit (SPICTL.3) is set.

(2) tc(SPC) = SPI clock cycle time = LSPCLK/4 or LSPCLK/(SPIBRR + 1)

(3) Internal clock prescalers must be adjusted such that the SPI clock speed is limited to the following SPI clock rate:

Master mode transmit 25 MHz MAX, master mode receive 12.5 MHz MAX

Slave mode transmit 12.5 MHz MAX, slave mode receive 12.5 MHz MAX.

(4) tc(LCO) = LSPCLK cycle time

(5) The active edge of the SPICLK signal referenced is controlled by the CLOCK POLARITY bit (SPICCR.6).

SPISOMI

SPISIMO

SPICLK

(clock polarity = 1)

SPICLK

(clock polarity = 0)

Master In Data Must

Be Valid

Master Out Data Is Valid

23 24

SPISTE

Figure 8-30. SPI Master Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1)

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS ( ﬁz— W14f§ WM Xi; ‘ 0” 0” 09 0” ””O'O'WW'W'O'W'W'VVO' «WWW - 'wwwwmmmmz¢2¢¢. 4% A? *N‘ Mir » 4 > 4 F { : 1 >004 F 44 F { I 1 t": ‘0 o o. F ‘ >004 > 4 F { I 1 >004 > 4 F { > 4 > 4 >

8.9.4.2 SPI Slave Mode Electrical Data/Timing

Section 8.9.4.2.1 lists the slave mode timing (clock phase = 0) and Section 8.9.4.2.2 lists the slave mode timing

(clock phase = 1). Figure 8-31 and Figure 8-32 show the timing waveforms.

8.9.4.2.1 SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0)

NO. PARAMETER(1) (2) (4) (3) (5) MIN MAX UNIT

12 tc(SPC)S Cycle time, SPICLK 4tc(SYSCLK) ns

13 tw(SPC1)S Pulse duration, SPICLK first pulse 2tc(SYSCLK) – 1 ns

14 tw(SPC2)S Pulse duration, SPICLK second pulse 2tc(SYSCLK) – 1 ns

15 td(SOMI)S Delay time, SPICLK to SPISOMI valid 21 ns

16 tv(SOMI)S Valid time, SPISOMI data valid after SPICLK 0 ns

19 tsu(SIMO)S Setup time, SPISIMO valid before SPICLK 1.5tc(SYSCLK) ns

20 th(SIMO)S Hold time, SPISIMO data valid after SPICLK 1.5tc(SYSCLK) ns

25 tsu(STE)S Setup time, SPISTE active before SPICLK 1.5tc(SYSCLK) ns

26 th(STE)S Hold time, SPISTE inactive after SPICLK 1.5tc(SYSCLK) ns

(1) The MASTER / SLAVE bit (SPICTL.2) is cleared and the CLOCK PHASE bit (SPICTL.3) is cleared.

(2) tc(SPC) = SPI clock cycle time = LSPCLK/4 or LSPCLK/(SPIBRR + 1)

(3) tc(LCO) = LSPCLK cycle time

(4) Internal clock prescalers must be adjusted such that the SPI clock speed is limited to the following SPI clock rate:

Master mode transmit 25-MHz MAX, master mode receive 12.5-MHz MAX

Slave mode transmit 12.5-MHz MAX, slave mode receive 12.5-MHz MAX.

(5) The active edge of the SPICLK signal referenced is controlled by the CLOCK POLARITY bit (SPICCR.6).

SPISIMO

SPISOMI

SPICLK

(clock polarity = 1)

SPICLK

(clock polarity = 0)

SPISIMO Data

Must Be Valid

SPISOMI Data Is Valid

SPISTE

Figure 8-31. SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 0)

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

w TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.4.2.2 SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1)

NO. PARAMETER(1) (2) (3) (4) MIN MAX UNIT

12 tc(SPC)S Cycle time, SPICLK 4tc(SYSCLK) ns

13 tw(SPC1)S Pulse duration, SPICLK first pulse 2tc(SYSCLK) – 1 ns

14 tw(SPC2)S Pulse duration, SPICLK second pulse 2tc(SYSCLK) – 1 ns

17 td(SOMI)S Delay time, SPICLK to SPISOMI valid 21 ns

18 tv(SOMI)S Valid time, SPISOMI data valid after SPICLK 0 ns

21 tsu(SIMO)S Setup time, SPISIMO valid before SPICLK 1.5tc(SYSCLK) ns

22 th(SIMO)S Hold time, SPISIMO data valid after SPICLK 1.5tc(SYSCLK) ns

25 tsu(STE)S Setup time, SPISTE active before SPICLK 1.5tc(SYSCLK) ns

26 th(STE)S Hold time, SPISTE inactive after SPICLK 1.5tc(SYSCLK) ns

(1) The MASTER / SLAVE bit (SPICTL.2) is cleared and the CLOCK PHASE bit (SPICTL.3) is cleared.

(2) tc(SPC) = SPI clock cycle time = LSPCLK/4 or LSPCLK/(SPIBRR + 1)

(3) Internal clock prescalers must be adjusted such that the SPI clock speed is limited to the following SPI clock rate:

Master mode transmit 25-MHz MAX, master mode receive 12.5-MHz MAX

Slave mode transmit 12.5-MHz MAX, slave mode receive 12.5-MHz MAX.

(4) The active edge of the SPICLK signal referenced is controlled by the CLOCK POLARITY bit (SPICCR.6).

SPISIMO

SPISOMI

SPICLK

(clock polarity = 1)

SPICLK

(clock polarity = 0)

SPISIMO Data

Must Be Valid

SPISOMI Data Is Valid

21 18

SPISTE

Data ValidData Valid

25 26

Figure 8-32. SPI Slave Mode External Timing (Clock Phase = 1)

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS 16

8.9.5 Serial Communications Interface (SCI) Module

The devices include one serial communications interface (SCI) module (SCI-A). The SCI module supports digital

communications between the CPU and other asynchronous peripherals that use the standard nonreturn-to-zero

(NRZ) format. The SCI receiver and transmitter are double-buffered, and each has its own separate enable and

interrupt bits. Both can be operated independently or simultaneously in the full-duplex mode. To ensure data

integrity, the SCI checks received data for break detection, parity, overrun, and framing errors. The bit rate is

programmable to over 65000 different speeds through a 16-bit baud-select register.

Features of each SCI module include:

• Two external pins:

– SCITXD: SCI transmit-output pin

– SCIRXD: SCI receive-input pin

Note

Both pins can be used as GPIO if not used for SCI.

– Baud rate programmable to 64K different rates:

8*1)(BRR

LSPCLK

rateBaud

0BRRwhen ¹

LSPCLK

rateBaud =

0BRRwhen =

• Data-word format

– One start bit

– Data-word length programmable from 1 to 8 bits

– Optional even/odd/no parity bit

– One or 2 stop bits

• Four error-detection flags: parity, overrun, framing, and break detection

• Two wake-up multiprocessor modes: idle-line and address bit

• Half- or full-duplex operation

• Double-buffered receive and transmit functions

• Transmitter and receiver operations can be accomplished through interrupt-driven or polled algorithms with

status flags.

– Transmitter: TXRDY flag (transmitter-buffer register is ready to receive another character) and TX EMPTY

flag (transmitter-shift register is empty)

– Receiver: RXRDY flag (receiver-buffer register is ready to receive another character), BRKDT flag (break

condition occurred), and RX ERROR flag (monitoring four interrupt conditions)

• Separate enable bits for transmitter and receiver interrupts (except BRKDT)

• NRZ (nonreturn-to-zero) format

Note

All registers in this module are 8-bit registers that are connected to Peripheral Frame 2. When a

as zeros. Writing to the upper byte has no effect.

Enhanced features:

• Auto baud-detect hardware logic

• 4-level transmit/receive FIFO

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

The SCI port operation is configured and controlled by the registers listed in Table 8-29.

Table 8-29. SCI-A Registers

NAME(1) ADDRESS SIZE (x16) EALLOW

PROTECTED DESCRIPTION

SCICCRA 0x7050 1 No SCI-A Communications Control Register

SCICTL1A 0x7051 1 No SCI-A Control Register 1

SCIHBAUDA 0x7052 1 No SCI-A Baud Register, High Bits

SCILBAUDA 0x7053 1 No SCI-A Baud Register, Low Bits

SCICTL2A 0x7054 1 No SCI-A Control Register 2

SCIRXSTA 0x7055 1 No SCI-A Receive Status Register

SCIRXEMUA 0x7056 1 No SCI-A Receive Emulation Data Buffer Register

SCIRXBUFA 0x7057 1 No SCI-A Receive Data Buffer Register

SCITXBUFA 0x7059 1 No SCI-A Transmit Data Buffer Register

SCIFFTXA(2) 0x705A 1 No SCI-A FIFO Transmit Register

SCIFFRXA(2) 0x705B 1 No SCI-A FIFO Receive Register

SCIFFCTA(2) 0x705C 1 No SCI-A FIFO Control Register

SCIPRIA 0x705F 1 No SCI-A Priority Control Register

(1) Registers in this table are mapped to Peripheral Frame 2 space. This space only allows 16-bit accesses. 32-bit accesses produce

undefined results.

(2) These registers are new registers for the FIFO mode.

For more information on the SCI, see the Serial Communications Interface (SCI) chapter in the TMS320F2803x

Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

Figure 8-33 shows the SCI module block diagram.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

{5‘ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

TXSHF

TX FIFO_0

TX FIFO_1

TX FIFO_N

Transmit Data

Buffer Register

SCITXBUF.7-0

RXSHF

RX FIFO_0

RX FIFO_1

RX FIFO_N

Receive Data

Buffer Register

SCIRXBUF.7-0

RXENA

SCICTL1.0

TX FIFO Interrupts

RX FIFO Interrupts

Baud Rate

MSB/LSB

Registers

SCIHBAUD.15-8

SCILBAUD.7-0

LSPCLK

Frame

Format and Mode

Parity

SCICCR.6

SCICCR.5

Even/Odd

Enable

SCICTL1.3

TXWAKE

WUT

SCICTL1.1

TXENA

RXENA

SCICTL2.6

TXEMPTY

RXFFOVF

SCICTL2.7

TXRDY SCICTL2.0

TXINTENA

SCIRXST.6

RXRDY

SCIRXST.5

BRKDT

SCICTL2.1

RXBKINTENA

TX Interrupt

Logic

RX Interrupt

Logic

SCIRXST.7

RXERROR

SCICTL1.6

RXERRINTENA

SCI RX Interrupt Select Logic

SCIFFENA

SCIFFTX.14

RXWAKE

SCIRXST.1

Auto Baud Detect Logic

TXINT

To CPU

RXINT

To CPU

SCITXD

SCIRXD

BRKDT FE OE PE

SCIRXST.5-2

SCICTL1.0

SCIFFRX.15

SCI TX Interrupt Select Logic

Figure 8-33. Serial Communications Interface (SCI) Module Block Diagram

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.6 Local Interconnect Network (LIN)

The device contains one LIN controller. The LIN standard is based on the SCI (UART) serial data link format.

The LIN module can be configured to work as a SCI as well.

The LIN module has the following features:

• Compatible to LIN 1.3 or 2.0 protocols

• Two external pins: LINRX and LINTX

• Multibuffered receive and transmit units

• Identification masks for message filtering

• Automatic master header generation

– Programmable sync break field

– Sync field

– Identifier field

• Slave automatic synchronization

– Sync break detection

– Optional baudrate update

– Synchronization validation

• 231 programmable transmission rates with 7 fractional bits

• Wakeup on LINRX dominant level from transceiver

• Automatic wakeup support

– Wakeup signal generation

– Expiration times on wakeup signals

• Automatic bus idle detection

• Error detection

– Bit error

– Bus error

– No-response error

– Checksum error

– Sync field error

– Parity error

• 2 Interrupt lines with priority encoding for:

– Receive

– Transmit

– ID, error and status

Note

The 2803x devices have passed LIN 2.0 conformance tests (master and slave). Contact TI for details.

For more information on the LIN, see the Local Interconnect Network (LIN) Module chapter in the

TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

The registers in Table 8-30 configure and control the operation of the LIN module.

Table 8-30. LIN-A Registers

NAME(1) ADDRESS SIZE (x16) DESCRIPTION

SCIGCR0 0x6C00 2 Global Control Register 0

SCIGCR1 0x6C02 2 Global Control Register 1

SCIGCR2 0x6C04 2 Global Control Register 2

SCISETINT 0x6C06 2 Interrupt Enable Register

SCICLEARINT 0x6C08 2 Interrupt Disable Register

SCISETINTLVL 0x6C0A 2 Set Interrupt Level Register

SCICLEARINTLVL 0x6C0C 2 Clear Interrupt Level Register

SCIFLR 0x6C0E 2 Flag Register

SCIINTVECT0 0x6C10 2 Interrupt Vector Offset Register 0

SCIINTVECT1 0x6C12 2 Interrupt Vector Offset Register 1

SCIFORMAT 0x6C14 2 Length Control register

BRSR 0x6C16 2 Baud Rate Selection Register

SCIED 0x6C18 2 Emulation buffer register

SCIRD 0x6C1A 2 Receiver data buffer register

SCITD 0x6C1C 2 Transmit data buffer register

Reserved 0x6C1E 4 RSVD

SIPIO2 0x6C22 2 Pin control register 2

Reserved 0x6C24 10 RSVD

LINCOMP 0x6C30 2 Compare register

LINRD0 0x6C32 2 Receive data register 0

LINRD1 0x6C34 2 Receive data register 1

LINMASK 0x6C36 2 Acceptance mask register

LINID 0x6C38 2 Register containing ID- byte, ID-SlaveTask byte, and ID

received fields.

LINTD0 0x6C3A 2 Transmit Data Register 0

LINTD1 0x6C3C 2 Transmit Data Register 1

MBRSR 0x6C3E 2 Baud Rate Selection Register

Reserved 0x6C40 8 RSVD

IODFTCTRL 0x6C48 2 IODFT for BLIN

(1) Some registers and some bits in other registers are EALLOW-protected. For more details, see the Local Interconnect Network (LIN)

Module chapter in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Figure 8-34 shows the LIN module block diagram.

INTERFACE

CHECKSUM

CALCULATOR

TXRXERROR

DETECTOR(TED)

BIT

MONITOR

IDPARTY

CHECKER

MASK

FILTER

TIMEOUT

CONTROL

COUNTER

SYNCHRONIZER

FSM

COMPARE

ADDRESSBUS

READDATA BUS

WRITEDATA BUS

8RECEIVE

BUFFERS

8TRANSMIT

BUFFERS

LINRX/

SCIRX

LINTX/

SCITX

Figure 8-34. LIN Block Diagram

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.7 Enhanced Controller Area Network (eCAN) Module

The CAN module (eCAN-A) has the following features:

• Fully compliant with ISO11898-1 (CAN 2.0B)

• Supports data rates up to 1 Mbps

• Thirty-two mailboxes, each with the following properties:

– Configurable as receive or transmit

– Configurable with standard or extended identifier

– Has a programmable receive mask

– Supports data and remote frame

– Composed of 0 to 8 bytes of data

– Uses a 32-bit time stamp on receive and transmit message

– Protects against reception of new message

– Holds the dynamically programmable priority of transmit message

– Employs a programmable interrupt scheme with two interrupt levels

– Employs a programmable alarm on transmission or reception time-out

• Low-power mode

• Programmable wake-up on bus activity

• Automatic reply to a remote request message

• Automatic retransmission of a frame in case of loss of arbitration or error

• 32-bit local network time counter synchronized by a specific message (communication in conjunction with

mailbox 16)

• Self-test mode

– Operates in a loopback mode receiving its own message. A "dummy" acknowledge is provided, thereby

eliminating the need for another node to provide the acknowledge bit.

Note

For a SYSCLKOUT of 60 MHz, the smallest bit rate possible is 4.6875 kbps.

The F2803x CAN has passed the conformance test per ISO/DIS 16845. Contact TI for test report and

exceptions.

For information on using the CAN module with the on-chip zero-pin oscillators, see MCU CAN Module Operation

Using the On-Chip Zero-Pin Oscillator.

For more information on the CAN, see the Controller Area Network (CAN) chapter in the TMS320F2803x

Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Mailbox RAM

(512 Bytes)

32-Message Mailbox

of 4 32-Bit Words´

Memory Management

Unit

CPU Interface,

Receive Control Unit,

Timer Management Unit

eCAN Memory

(512 Bytes)

Registers and

Message Objects Control

Message Controller

32 32

eCAN Protocol Kernel

Receive Buffer

Transmit Buffer

Control Buffer

Status Buffer

Enhanced CAN Controller 32

Controls Address Data

eCAN1INTeCAN0INT

SN65HVD23x

3.3-V CAN Transceiver

CAN Bus

Figure 8-35. eCAN Block Diagram and Interface Circuit

Table 8-31. 3.3-V eCAN Transceivers

PART NUMBER SUPPLY

VOLTAGE

LOW-POWER

MODE

SLOPE

CONTROL VREF OTHER TA

SN65HVD230 3.3 V Standby Adjustable Yes – –40°C to 85°C

SN65HVD230Q 3.3 V Standby Adjustable Yes – –40°C to 125°C

SN65HVD231 3.3 V Sleep Adjustable Yes – –40°C to 85°C

SN65HVD231Q 3.3 V Sleep Adjustable Yes – –40°C to 125°C

SN65HVD232 3.3 V None None None – –40°C to 85°C

SN65HVD232Q 3.3 V None None None – –40°C to 125°C

SN65HVD233 3.3 V Standby Adjustable None Diagnostic Loopback –40°C to 125°C

SN65HVD234 3.3 V Standby and Sleep Adjustable None – –40°C to 125°C

SN65HVD235 3.3 V Standby Adjustable None Autobaud Loopback –40°C to 125°C

ISO1050 3–5.5 V None None None Built-in Isolation

Low Prop Delay

Thermal Shutdown

Failsafe Operation

Dominant Time-Out

–55°C to 105°C

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

b TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Mailbox Enable - CANME

Mailbox Direction - CANMD

Transmission Request Set - CANTRS

Transmission Request Reset - CANTRR

Transmission Acknowledge - CANTA

Abort Acknowledge - CANAA

Received Message Pending - CANRMP

Received Message Lost - CANRML

Remote Frame Pending - CANRFP

Global Acceptance Mask - CANGAM

Master Control - CANMC

Bit-Timing Configuration - CANBTC

Error and Status - CANES

Transmit Error Counter - CANTEC

Receive Error Counter - CANREC

Global Interrupt Flag 0 - CANGIF0

Global Interrupt Mask - CANGIM

Mailbox Interrupt Mask - CANMIM

Mailbox Interrupt Level - CANMIL

Overwrite Protection Control - CANOPC

TX I/O Control - CANTIOC

RX I/O Control - CANRIOC

Time Stamp Counter - CANTSC

Global Interrupt Flag 1 - CANGIF1

Time-Out Control - CANTOC

Time-Out Status - CANTOS

Reserved

eCAN-A Control and Status Registers

Message Identifier - MSGID

61E8h-61E9h

Message Control - MSGCTRL

Message Data Low - MDL

Message Data High - MDH

Message Mailbox (16 Bytes)

Control and Status Registers

6000h

603Fh

Local Acceptance Masks (LAM)

(32 32-Bit RAM)´

6040h

607Fh

6080h

60BFh

60C0h

60FFh

eCAN-A Memory (512 Bytes)

Message Object Time Stamps (MOTS)

(32 32-Bit RAM)´

Message Object Time-Out (MOTO)

(32 32-Bit RAM)´

Mailbox 06100h-6107h

Mailbox 1

6108h-610Fh

Mailbox 2

6110h-6117h

Mailbox 3

6118h-611Fh

eCAN-A Memory RAM (512 Bytes)

Mailbox 4

6120h-6127h

Mailbox 28

61E0h-61E7h

Mailbox 2961E8h-61EFh

Mailbox 3061F0h-61F7h

Mailbox 31

61F8h-61FFh

61EAh-61EBh

61ECh-61EDh

61EEh-61EFh

Figure 8-36. eCAN-A Memory Map

Note

If the eCAN module is not used in an application, the RAM available (LAM, MOTS, MOTO, and

mailbox RAM) can be used as general-purpose RAM. The CAN module clock should be enabled for

this.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

The CAN registers listed in Table 8-32 are used by the CPU to configure and control the CAN controller and

the message objects. eCAN control registers only support 32-bit read/write operations. Mailbox RAM can be

accessed as 16 bits or 32 bits. 32-bit accesses are aligned to an even boundary.

Table 8-32. CAN Register Map

ADDRESS SIZE (x32) DESCRIPTION

CANME 0x6000 1 Mailbox enable

CANMD 0x6002 1 Mailbox direction

CANTRS 0x6004 1 Transmit request set

CANTRR 0x6006 1 Transmit request reset

CANTA 0x6008 1 Transmission acknowledge

CANAA 0x600A 1 Abort acknowledge

CANRMP 0x600C 1 Receive message pending

CANRML 0x600E 1 Receive message lost

CANRFP 0x6010 1 Remote frame pending

CANGAM 0x6012 1 Global acceptance mask

CANMC 0x6014 1 Master control

CANBTC 0x6016 1 Bit-timing configuration

CANES 0x6018 1 Error and status

CANTEC 0x601A 1 Transmit error counter

CANREC 0x601C 1 Receive error counter

CANGIF0 0x601E 1 Global interrupt flag 0

CANGIM 0x6020 1 Global interrupt mask

CANGIF1 0x6022 1 Global interrupt flag 1

CANMIM 0x6024 1 Mailbox interrupt mask

CANMIL 0x6026 1 Mailbox interrupt level

CANOPC 0x6028 1 Overwrite protection control

CANTIOC 0x602A 1 TX I/O control

CANRIOC 0x602C 1 RX I/O control

CANTSC 0x602E 1 Time stamp counter (Reserved in SCC mode)

CANTOC 0x6030 1 Time-out control (Reserved in SCC mode)

CANTOS 0x6032 1 Time-out status (Reserved in SCC mode)

(1) These registers are mapped to Peripheral Frame 1.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.8 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C)

The device contains one I2C Serial Port. Figure 8-37 shows how the I2C peripheral module interfaces within the

device.

The I2C module has the following features:

• Compliance with the Philips Semiconductors I2C-bus specification (version 2.1):

– Support for 1-bit to 8-bit format transfers

– 7-bit and 10-bit addressing modes

– General call

– START byte mode

– Support for multiple master-transmitters and slave-receivers

– Support for multiple slave-transmitters and master-receivers

– Combined master transmit/receive and receive/transmit mode

– Data transfer rate of from 10 kbps up to 400 kbps (I2C Fast-mode rate)

• One 4-word receive FIFO and one 4-word transmit FIFO

• One interrupt that can be used by the CPU. This interrupt can be generated as a result of one of the following

conditions:

– Transmit-data ready

– Receive-data ready

– Register-access ready

– No-acknowledgment received

– Arbitration lost

– Stop condition detected

– Addressed as slave

• An additional interrupt that can be used by the CPU when in FIFO mode

• Module enable/disable capability

• Free data format mode

For more information on the I2C, see the Inter-Integrated Circuit Module (I2C) chapter in the TMS320F2803x

Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

I2CXSR I2CDXR

I2CRSR I2CDRR

Clock

Synchronizer

Prescaler

Noise Filters

Arbitrator

I2C INT

Peripheral Bus

Interrupt to

CPU/PIE

SDA

SCL

Control/Status

Registers CPU

I2C Module

TX FIFO

RX FIFO

FIFO Interrupt to

CPU/PIE

A. The I2C registers are accessed at the SYSCLKOUT rate. The internal timing and signal waveforms of the I2C port are also at the

SYSCLKOUT rate.

B. The clock enable bit (I2CAENCLK) in the PCLKCRO register turns off the clock to the I2C port for low-power operation. Upon reset,

I2CAENCLK is clear, which indicates the peripheral internal clocks are off.

Figure 8-37. I2C Peripheral Module Interfaces

The registers in Table 8-33 configure and control the I2C port operation.

Table 8-33. I2C-A Registers

NAME ADDRESS EALLOW

PROTECTED DESCRIPTION

I2COAR 0x7900 No I2C own address register

I2CIER 0x7901 No I2C interrupt enable register

I2CSTR 0x7902 No I2C status register

I2CCLKL 0x7903 No I2C clock low-time divider register

I2CCLKH 0x7904 No I2C clock high-time divider register

I2CCNT 0x7905 No I2C data count register

I2CDRR 0x7906 No I2C data receive register

I2CSAR 0x7907 No I2C slave address register

I2CDXR 0x7908 No I2C data transmit register

I2CMDR 0x7909 No I2C mode register

I2CISRC 0x790A No I2C interrupt source register

I2CPSC 0x790C No I2C prescaler register

I2CFFTX 0x7920 No I2C FIFO transmit register

I2CFFRX 0x7921 No I2C FIFO receive register

I2CRSR – No I2C receive shift register (not accessible to the CPU)

I2CXSR – No I2C transmit shift register (not accessible to the CPU)

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.8.1 I2C Electrical Data/Timing

Section 8.9.8.1.1 shows the I2C timing requirements. Section 8.9.8.1.2 shows the I2C switching characteristics.

8.9.8.1.1 I2C Timing Requirements

MIN MAX UNIT

th(SDA-SCL)START

Hold time, START condition, SCL fall delay

after SDA fall 0.6 µs

tsu(SCL-SDA)START

Setup time, Repeated START, SCL rise

before SDA fall delay 0.6 µs

th(SCL-DAT) Hold time, data after SCL fall 0 µs

tsu(DAT-SCL) Setup time, data before SCL rise 100 ns

tr(SDA) Rise time, SDA Input tolerance 20 300 ns

tr(SCL) Rise time, SCL Input tolerance 20 300 ns

tf(SDA) Fall time, SDA Input tolerance 11.4 300 ns

tf(SCL) Fall time, SCL Input tolerance 11.4 300 ns

tsu(SCL-SDA)STOP

Setup time, STOP condition, SCL rise before

SDA rise delay 0.6 µs

8.9.8.1.2 I2C Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT

fSCL SCL clock frequency

I2C clock module frequency is from 7 MHz to

12 MHz and I2C prescaler and clock divider

registers are configured appropriately.

400 kHz

Vil Low level input voltage 0.3 VDDIO V

Vih High level input voltage 0.7 VDDIO V

Vhys Input hysteresis 0.05 VDDIO V

Vol Low level output voltage 3-mA sink current 0 0.4 V

tLOW Low period of SCL clock

I2C clock module frequency is from 7 MHz to

12 MHz and I2C prescaler and clock divider

registers are configured appropriately.

1.3 μs

tHIGH High period of SCL clock

I2C clock module frequency is from 7 MHz to

12 MHz and I2C prescaler and clock divider

registers are configured appropriately.

0.6 μs

Input current with an input voltage from

0.1 VDDIO to 0.9 VDDIO MAX –10 10 μA

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS EPWIMYZINY EPWNH Im Epwwm Epwmnw EPWMxINY capyngmo 2cm Texas \nslrumcnls \ncmvmalnd

8.9.9 Enhanced PWM Modules (ePWM1/2/3/4/5/6/7)

The devices contain up to seven enhanced PWM Modules (ePWM). Figure 8-38 shows a block diagram of

multiple ePWM modules. Figure 8-39 shows the signal interconnections with the ePWM. For more details,

see the Enhanced Pulse Width Modulator (ePWM) chapter in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers

Technical Reference Manual.

Table 8-34 and Table 8-35 show the complete ePWM register set per module.

EPWM1TZINT

PIE

EPWM1INT

EPWM2TZINT

EPWM2INT

EPWMxTZINT

EPWMxINT

COMPOUT1

COMPOUT2

COMP

SOCA1

ADC SOCB1

SOCA2

SOCB2

SOCAx

SOCBx

EPWM1SYNCI

EPWM2SYNCI

EPWM1SYNCO

EPWM2SYNCO

EPWM1

Module

EPWM2

Module

EPWMxSYNCI

EPWMx

Module

TZ6

TZ1 TZ3to

TZ5 CLOCKFAIL

TZ4 EQEP1ERR(A)

EMUSTOP

TZ5 CLOCKFAIL

TZ4 EQEP1ERR(A)

EMUSTOP

EPWM1ENCLK

TBCLKSYNC

EPWM2ENCLK

TBCLKSYNC

TZ5

TZ6

EPWMxENCLK

TBCLKSYNC

CLOCKFAIL

TZ4 EQEP1ERR(A)

EMUSTOP

EPWM1B

C28x CPU

System Control

eQEP1

TZ1 TZ3to

EPWM1SYNCO

EPWM2B

eCAPI

EPWMxB

EQEP1ERR

MEPWMxA

EPWM2A

EPWM1A

ADCSOCBO

ADCSOCAO

Peripheral Bus

Pulse Stretch

(32 SYSCLKOUT Cycles, Active-Low Output)

SOCA1

SOCA2

SPCAx

Pulse Stretch

(32 SYSCLKOUT Cycles, Active-Low Output)

SOCB1

SOCB2

SPCBx

EPWMSYNCI

A. This signal exists only on devices with an eQEP1 module.

Figure 8-38. ePWM

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-34. ePWM1–ePWM4 Control and Status Registers

NAME ePWM1 ePWM2 ePWM3 ePWM4 SIZE (x16) /

#SHADOW DESCRIPTION

TBCTL 0x6800 0x6840 0x6880 0x68C0 1 / 0 Time Base Control Register

TBSTS 0x6801 0x6841 0x6881 0x68C1 1 / 0 Time Base Status Register

TBPHSHR 0x6802 0x6842 0x6882 0x68C2 1 / 0 Time Base Phase HRPWM Register

TBPHS 0x6803 0x6843 0x6883 0x68C3 1 / 0 Time Base Phase Register

TBCTR 0x6804 0x6844 0x6884 0x68C4 1 / 0 Time Base Counter Register

TBPRD 0x6805 0x6845 0x6885 0x68C5 1 / 1 Time Base Period Register Set

TBPRDHR 0x6806 0x6846 0x6886 0x68C6 1 / 1 Time Base Period High Resolution Register(1)

CMPCTL 0x6807 0x6847 0x6887 0x68C7 1 / 0 Counter Compare Control Register

CMPAHR 0x6808 0x6848 0x6888 0x68C8 1 / 1 Time Base Compare A HRPWM Register

CMPA 0x6809 0x6849 0x6889 0x68C9 1 / 1 Counter Compare A Register Set

CMPB 0x680A 0x684A 0x688A 0x68CA 1 / 1 Counter Compare B Register Set

AQCTLA 0x680B 0x684B 0x688B 0x68CB 1 / 0 Action Qualifier Control Register For Output A

AQCTLB 0x680C 0x684C 0x688C 0x68CC 1 / 0 Action Qualifier Control Register For Output B

AQSFRC 0x680D 0x684D 0x688D 0x68CD 1 / 0 Action Qualifier Software Force Register

AQCSFRC 0x680E 0x684E 0x688E 0x68CE 1 / 1 Action Qualifier Continuous S/W Force

DBCTL 0x680F 0x684F 0x688F 0x68CF 1 / 1 Dead-Band Generator Control Register

DBRED 0x6810 0x6850 0x6890 0x68D0 1 / 0 Dead-Band Generator Rising Edge Delay

Count Register

DBFED 0x6811 0x6851 0x6891 0x68D1 1 / 0 Dead-Band Generator Falling Edge Delay

Count Register

TZSEL 0x6812 0x6852 0x6892 0x68D2 1 / 0 Trip Zone Select Register(1)

TZDCSEL 0x6813 0x6853 0x6893 0x98D3 1 / 0 Trip Zone Digital Compare Register

TZCTL 0x6814 0x6854 0x6894 0x68D4 1 / 0 Trip Zone Control Register(1)

TZEINT 0x6815 0x6855 0x6895 0x68D5 1 / 0 Trip Zone Enable Interrupt Register(1)

TZFLG 0x6816 0x6856 0x6896 0x68D6 1 / 0 Trip Zone Flag Register (1)

TZCLR 0x6817 0x6857 0x6897 0x68D7 1 / 0 Trip Zone Clear Register(1)

TZFRC 0x6818 0x6858 0x6898 0x68D8 1 / 0 Trip Zone Force Register(1)

ETSEL 0x6819 0x6859 0x6899 0x68D9 1 / 0 Event Trigger Selection Register

ETPS 0x681A 0x685A 0x689A 0x68DA 1 / 0 Event Trigger Prescale Register

ETFLG 0x681B 0x685B 0x689B 0x68DB 1 / 0 Event Trigger Flag Register

ETCLR 0x681C 0x685C 0x689C 0x68DC 1 / 0 Event Trigger Clear Register

ETFRC 0x681D 0x685D 0x689D 0x68DD 1 / 0 Event Trigger Force Register

PCCTL 0x681E 0x685E 0x689E 0x68DE 1 / 0 PWM Chopper Control Register

HRCNFG 0x6820 0x6860 0x68A0 0x68E0 1 / 0 HRPWM Configuration Register(1)

HRPWR 0x6821 - - - 1 / 0 HRPWM Power Register

HRMSTEP 0x6826 - - - 1 / 0 HRPWM MEP Step Register

HRPCTL 0x6828 0x6868 0x68A8 0x68E8 1 / 0 High resolution Period Control Register(1)

TBPRDHRM 0x682A 0x686A 0x68AA 0x68EA 1 / W(2) Time Base Period HRPWM Register Mirror

TBPRDM 0x682B 0x686B 0x68AB 0x68EB 1 / W(2) Time Base Period Register Mirror

CMPAHRM 0x682C 0x686C 0x68AC 0x68EC 1 / W(2) Compare A HRPWM Register Mirror

CMPAM 0x682D 0x686D 0x68AD 0x68ED 1 / W(2) Compare A Register Mirror

DCTRIPSEL 0x6830 0x6870 0x68B0 0x68F0 1 / 0 Digital Compare Trip Select Register (1)

DCACTL 0x6831 0x6871 0x68B1 0x68F1 1 / 0 Digital Compare A Control Register(1)

DCBCTL 0x6832 0x6872 0x68B2 0x68F2 1 / 0 Digital Compare B Control Register(1)

DCFCTL 0x6833 0x6873 0x68B3 0x68F3 1 / 0 Digital Compare Filter Control Register(1)

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-34. ePWM1–ePWM4 Control and Status Registers (continued)

NAME ePWM1 ePWM2 ePWM3 ePWM4 SIZE (x16) /

#SHADOW DESCRIPTION

DCCAPCT 0x6834 0x6874 0x68B4 0x68F4 1 / 0 Digital Compare Capture Control Register(1)

DCFOFFSET 0x6835 0x6875 0x68B5 0x68F5 1 / 1 Digital Compare Filter Offset Register

DCFOFFSETCN

T0x6836 0x6876 0x68B6 0x68F6 1 / 0 Digital Compare Filter Offset Counter Register

DCFWINDOW 0x6837 0x6877 0x68B7 0x68F7 1 / 0 Digital Compare Filter Window Register

DCFWINDOWCN

T0x6838 0x6878 0x68B8 0x68F8 1 / 0 Digital Compare Filter Window Counter

DCCAP 0x6839 0x6879 0x68B9 0x68F9 1 / 1 Digital Compare Counter Capture Register

(1) Registers that are EALLOW protected.

(2) W = Write to shadow register

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-35. ePWM5–ePWM7 Control and Status Registers

NAME ePWM5 ePWM6 ePWM7 SIZE (x16) /

#SHADOW DESCRIPTION

TBCTL 0x6900 0x6940 0x6980 1 / 0 Time Base Control Register

TBSTS 0x6901 0x6941 0x6981 1 / 0 Time Base Status Register

TBPHSHR 0x6902 0x6942 0x6982 1 / 0 Time Base Phase HRPWM Register

TBPHS 0x6903 0x6943 0x6983 1 / 0 Time Base Phase Register

TBCTR 0x6904 0x6944 0x6984 1 / 0 Time Base Counter Register

TBPRD 0x6905 0x6945 0x6985 1 / 1 Time Base Period Register Set

TBPRDHR 0x6906 0x6946 0x6986 1 / 1 Time Base Period High Resolution Register(1)

CMPCTL 0x6907 0x6947 0x6987 1 / 0 Counter Compare Control Register

CMPAHR 0x6908 0x6948 0x6988 1 / 1 Time Base Compare A HRPWM Register

CMPA 0x6909 0x6949 0x6989 1 / 1 Counter Compare A Register Set

CMPB 0x690A 0x694A 0x698A 1 / 1 Counter Compare B Register Set

AQCTLA 0x690B 0x694B 0x698B 1 / 0 Action Qualifier Control Register For Output A

AQCTLB 0x690C 0x694C 0x698C 1 / 0 Action Qualifier Control Register For Output B

AQSFRC 0x690D 0x694D 0x698D 1 / 0 Action Qualifier Software Force Register

AQCSFRC 0x690E 0x694E 0x698E 1 / 1 Action Qualifier Continuous S/W Force Register Set

DBCTL 0x690F 0x694F 0x698F 1 / 1 Dead-Band Generator Control Register

DBRED 0x6910 0x6950 0x6990 1 / 0 Dead-Band Generator Rising Edge Delay Count

DBFED 0x6911 0x6951 0x6991 1 / 0 Dead-Band Generator Falling Edge Delay Count

TZSEL 0x6912 0x6952 0x6992 1 / 0 Trip Zone Select Register(1)

TZDCSEL 0x6913 0x6953 0x6993 1 / 0 Trip Zone Digital Compare Register

TZCTL 0x6914 0x6954 0x6994 1 / 0 Trip Zone Control Register(1)

TZEINT 0x6915 0x6955 0x6995 1 / 0 Trip Zone Enable Interrupt Register(1)

TZFLG 0x6916 0x6956 0x6996 1 / 0 Trip Zone Flag Register (1)

TZCLR 0x6917 0x6957 0x6997 1 / 0 Trip Zone Clear Register(1)

TZFRC 0x6918 0x6958 0x6998 1 / 0 Trip Zone Force Register(1)

ETSEL 0x6919 0x6959 0x6999 1 / 0 Event Trigger Selection Register

ETPS 0x691A 0x695A 0x699A 1 / 0 Event Trigger Prescale Register

ETFLG 0x691B 0x695B 0x699B 1 / 0 Event Trigger Flag Register

ETCLR 0x691C 0x695C 0x699C 1 / 0 Event Trigger Clear Register

ETFRC 0x691D 0x695D 0x699D 1 / 0 Event Trigger Force Register

PCCTL 0x691E 0x695E 0x699E 1 / 0 PWM Chopper Control Register

HRCNFG 0x6920 0x6960 0x69A0 1 / 0 HRPWM Configuration Register(1)

HRPWR - - - 1 / 0 HRPWM Power Register

HRMSTEP - - - 1 / 0 HRPWM MEP Step Register

HRPCTL 0x6928 0x6968 0x69A8 1 / 0 High resolution Period Control Register(1)

TBPRDHRM 0x692A 0x696A 0x69AA 1 / W(2) Time Base Period HRPWM Register Mirror

TBPRDM 0x692B 0x696B 0x69AB 1 / W(2) Time Base Period Register Mirror

CMPAHRM 0x692C 0x696C 0x69AC 1 / W(2) Compare A HRPWM Register Mirror

CMPAM 0x692D 0x696D 0x69AD 1 / W(2) Compare A Register Mirror

DCTRIPSEL 0x6930 0x6970 0x69B0 1 / 0 Digital Compare Trip Select Register (1)

DCACTL 0x6931 0x6971 0x69B1 1 / 0 Digital Compare A Control Register(1)

DCBCTL 0x6932 0x6972 0x69B2 1 / 0 Digital Compare B Control Register(1)

DCFCTL 0x6933 0x6973 0x69B3 1 / 0 Digital Compare Filter Control Register(1)

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-35. ePWM5–ePWM7 Control and Status Registers (continued)

NAME ePWM5 ePWM6 ePWM7 SIZE (x16) /

#SHADOW DESCRIPTION

DCCAPCT 0x6934 0x6974 0x69B4 1 / 0 Digital Compare Capture Control Register(1)

DCFOFFSET 0x6935 0x6975 0x69B5 1 / 1 Digital Compare Filter Offset Register

DCFOFFSETCNT 0x6936 0x6976 0x69B6 1 / 0 Digital Compare Filter Offset Counter Register

DCFWINDOW 0x6937 0x6977 0x69B7 1 / 0 Digital Compare Filter Window Register

DCFWINDOWCNT 0x6938 0x6978 0x69B8 1 / 0 Digital Compare Filter Window Counter Register

DCCAP 0x6939 0x6979 0x69B9 1 / 1 Digital Compare Counter Capture Register

(1) Registers that are EALLOW protected.

(2) W = Write to shadow register

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS . QIREZERP. 'H'HHH $$$$$ _EPWMxSVNC_\ DCA‘EW? sync - H "\Ar-

TBPRD Shadow (24)

TBPRD Active (24)

Counter

Up/Down

(16 Bit)

TCBNT

Active (16)

TBCTL[PHSEN]

CTR=PRD

Phase

Control

CTR=ZERO

CTR_Dir

TBPHSHR (8)

TBPRDHR (8)

CTR=ZERO

CTR=CMPB

Disabled

TBCTL[SYNCOSEL]

EPWMxSYNCO

Time-Base (TB)

TBPHS Active (24)

Sync

In/Out

Select

Mux

CTR=PRD

CTR=ZERO

CTR=CMPA

CTR=CMPB

CTR_Dir

DCAEVT1.soc(A)

DCBEVT1.soc(A)

Event

Trigger

and

Interrupt

(ET)

EPWMxINT

EPWMxSOCA

EPWMxSOCB

EPWMxSOCA

EPWMxSOCB

ADC

Action

Qualifier

(AQ)

EPWMA

Dead

Band

(DB)

EPWMB

PWM

Chopper

(PC)

Trip

Zone

(TZ)

EPWMxA

EPWMxB

CTR=ZERO

EPWMxTZINT

TZ1 TZ3to

EMUSTOP

CLOCKFAIL

EQEP1ERR(B)

DCAEVT1.force(A)

DCAEVT2.force(A)

DCBEVT1.force(A)

DCBEVT2.force(A)

CTR=CMPA

CMPAHR (8)

CTR=CMPB

CMPB Active (16)

CMPB Shadow (16)

High-resolution PWM (HRPWM)

CTR=PRD or ZERO

DCAEVT1.inter

DCBEVT1.inter

DCAEVT2.inter

DCBEVT2.inter

EPWMxSYNCI

TBCTL[SWFSYNC]

(Software Forced

Sync)

DCAEVT1.sync

DCBEVT1.sync

CMPA Active (24)

CMPA Shadow (24)

A. These events are generated by the Type 1 ePWM digital compare (DC) submodule based on the levels of the COMPxOUT and TZ

signals.

B. This signal exists only on devices with an eQEP1 module.

Figure 8-39. ePWM Submodules Showing Critical Internal Signal Interconnections

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.9.1 ePWM Electrical Data/Timing

PWM refers to PWM outputs on ePWM1–7. Section 8.9.9.1.1 shows the PWM timing requirements and Section

8.9.9.1.2, switching characteristics.

8.9.9.1.1 ePWM Timing Requirements

MIN MAX UNIT

tw(SYCIN) (1) Sync input pulse width

Asynchronous 2tc(SCO) cycles

Synchronous 2tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier 1tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW) cycles

(1) For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Section 8.9.15.1.2.1.

8.9.9.1.2 ePWM Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT

tw(PWM) Pulse duration, PWMx output high/low 33.33 ns

tw(SYNCOUT) Sync output pulse width 8tc(SCO) cycles

td(PWM)tza

Delay time, trip input active to PWM forced high

Delay time, trip input active to PWM forced low no pin load 25 ns

td(TZ-PWM)HZ Delay time, trip input active to PWM Hi-Z 20 ns

8.9.9.2 Trip-Zone Input Timing

8.9.9.2.1 Trip-Zone Input Timing Requirements

MIN MAX UNIT

tw(TZ) (1) Pulse duration, TZx input low

Asynchronous 2tc(TBCLK) cycles

Synchronous 2tc(TBCLK) cycles

With input qualifier 2tc(TBCLK) + tw(IQSW) cycles

(1) For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Section 8.9.15.1.2.1.

PWM(B)

TZ(A)

SYSCLK

tw(TZ)

td(TZ-PWM)HZ

A. TZ - TZ1, TZ2, TZ3 , TZ4, TZ5, TZ6

B. PWM refers to all the PWM pins in the device. The state of the PWM pins after TZ is taken high depends on the PWM recovery

software.

Figure 8-40. PWM Hi-Z Characteristics

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.10 High-Resolution PWM (HRPWM)

This module combines multiple delay lines in a single module and a simplified calibration system by using a

dedicated calibration delay line. For each ePWM module there is one HR delay line.

The HRPWM module offers PWM resolution (time granularity) that is significantly better than what can be

achieved using conventionally derived digital PWM methods. The key points for the HRPWM module are:

• Significantly extends the time resolution capabilities of conventionally derived digital PWM

• This capability can be used in both single edge (duty cycle and phase-shift control) as well as dual edge

control for frequency/period modulation.

• Finer time granularity control or edge positioning is controlled through extensions to the Compare A and

Phase registers of the ePWM module.

• HRPWM capabilities, when available on a particular device, are offered only on the A signal path of an

ePWM module (that is, on the EPWMxA output). EPWMxB output has conventional PWM capabilities.

Note

The minimum SYSCLKOUT frequency allowed for HRPWM is 60 MHz.

Note

When dual-edge high-resolution is enabled (high-resolution period mode), the PWMxB output is not

available for use.

For more information on the HRPWM, see the High-Resolution Pulse Width Modulator (HRPWM) chapter in the

TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

8.9.10.1 HRPWM Electrical Data/Timing

Section 8.9.10.1.1 shows the high-resolution PWM switching characteristics.

8.9.10.1.1 High-Resolution PWM Characteristics

PARAMETER(1) MIN TYP MAX UNIT

Micro Edge Positioning (MEP) step size(2) 150 310 ps

(1) The HRPWM operates at a minimum SYSCLKOUT frequency of 60 MHz.

(2) The MEP step size will be largest at high temperature and minimum voltage on VDD. MEP step size will increase with higher

temperature and lower voltage and decrease with lower temperature and higher voltage.

Applications that use the HRPWM feature should use MEP Scale Factor Optimizer (SFO) estimation software functions. See the TI

software libraries for details of using SFO function in end applications. SFO functions help to estimate the number of MEP steps per

SYSCLKOUT period dynamically while the HRPWM is in operation.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS Pa‘amv Manual and Capyngm @ 2017. Texas \nstmmems \ncamameu

8.9.11 Enhanced Capture Module (eCAP1)

The device contains an enhanced capture (eCAP) module. Figure 8-41 shows a functional block diagram of a

module.

TSCTR

(counter−32 bit)

RST

CAP1

(APRD active) LD

CAP2

(ACMP active) LD

CAP3

(APRD shadow) LD

CAP4

(ACMP shadow) LD

Continuous /

Oneshot

Capture Control

LD1

LD2

LD3

LD4

PRD [0−31]

CMP [0−31]

CTR [0−31]

eCAPx

Interrupt

Trigger

and

Flag

control

to PIE

CTR=CMP

ACMP

shadow

Event

Prescale

CTRPHS

(phase register−32 bit)

SYNCOut

SYNCIn

Event

qualifier

Polarity

select

Polarity

select

Polarity

select

Polarity

select

CTR=PRD

CTR_OVF

PWM

compare

logic

CTR [0−31]

PRD [0−31]

CMP [0−31]

CTR=CMP

CTR=PRD

CTR_OVF

OVF

APWM mode

Delta−mode

SYNC

Capture events

CEVT[1:4]

APRD

shadow

MODE SELECT

Figure 8-41. eCAP Functional Block Diagram

The eCAP module is clocked at the SYSCLKOUT rate.

The clock enable bits (ECAP1 ENCLK) in the PCLKCR1 register turn off the eCAP module individually (for

low-power operation). Upon reset, ECAP1ENCLK is set to low, indicating that the peripheral clock is off.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-36. eCAP Control and Status Registers

NAME eCAP1 SIZE (x16) EALLOW PROTECTED DESCRIPTION

TSCTR 0x6A00 2 Time-Stamp Counter

CTRPHS 0x6A02 2 Counter Phase Offset Value Register

CAP1 0x6A04 2 Capture 1 Register

CAP2 0x6A06 2 Capture 2 Register

CAP3 0x6A08 2 Capture 3 Register

CAP4 0x6A0A 2 Capture 4 Register

Reserved 0x6A0C to 0x6A12 8 Reserved

ECCTL1 0x6A14 1 Capture Control Register 1

ECCTL2 0x6A15 1 Capture Control Register 2

ECEINT 0x6A16 1 Capture Interrupt Enable Register

ECFLG 0x6A17 1 Capture Interrupt Flag Register

ECCLR 0x6A18 1 Capture Interrupt Clear Register

ECFRC 0x6A19 1 Capture Interrupt Force Register

Reserved 0x6A1A to 0x6A1F 6 Reserved

For more information on the eCAP, see the Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Module chapter in the TMS320F2803x

Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

8.9.11.1 eCAP Electrical Data/Timing

Section 8.9.11.1.1 shows the eCAP timing requirement and Section 8.9.11.1.2 shows the eCAP switching

characteristics.

8.9.11.1.1 Enhanced Capture (eCAP) Timing Requirement

MIN MAX UNIT

tw(CAP) (1) Capture input pulse width

Asynchronous 2tc(SCO) cycles

Synchronous 2tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier 1tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW) cycles

(1) For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Section 8.9.15.1.2.1.

8.9.11.1.2 eCAP Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT

tw(APWM) Pulse duration, APWMx output high/low 20 ns

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS H+

8.9.12 High-Resolution Capture (HRCAP) Module

The High-Resolution Capture (HRCAP) module measures the difference between external pulses with a typical

resolution of 300 ps.

Uses for the HRCAP include:

• Capactive touch applications

• High-resolution period and duty cycle measurements of pulse train cycles

• Instantaneous speed measurements

• Instantaneous frequency measurements

• Voltage measurements across an isolation boundary

• Distance/sonar measurement and scanning

The HRCAP module features include:

• Pulse width capture in either non-high-resolution or high-resolution modes

• Difference (Delta) mode pulse width capture

• Typical high-resolution capture on the order of 300 ps resolution on each edge

• Interrupt on either falling or rising edge

• Continuous mode capture of pulse widths in 2-deep buffer

• Calibration logic for precision high-resolution capture

• All of the above resources are dedicated to a single input pin

• HRCAP calibration software library supplied by TI is used for both calibration and calculating fractional pulse

widths

The HRCAP module includes one capture channel in addition to a high-resolution calibration block, which

connects internally to the last available ePWMxA HRPWM channel when calibrating (that is, if there are eight

ePWMs with HRPWM capability, it will be HRPWM8A).

Each HRCAP channel has the following independent key resources:

• Dedicated input capture pin

• 16-bit HRCAP clock which is either equal to the PLL output frequency (asynchronous to SYSCLK) or equal to

the SYSCLK frequency (synchronous to SYSCLK)

• High-resolution pulse width capture in a 2-deep buffer

PIE

HRCAPx

SYSCLK

PLLCLK

HRCAPxENCLK

HRCAPxINTn

HRCAP Calibration Logic

EPWMxAEPWMx HRPWM

HRCAP Calibration Signal (Internal) GPIO

Mux

HRCAPx

Module

Figure 8-42. HRCAP Functional Block Diagram

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-37. HRCAP Registers

NAME HRCAP1 HRCAP2 SIZE (x16) DESCRIPTION

HCCTL 0x6AC0 0x6AE0 1 HRCAP Control Register(1)

HCIFR 0x6AC1 0x6AE1 1 HRCAP Interrupt Flag Register

HCICLR 0x6AC2 0x6AE2 1 HRCAP Interrupt Clear Register

HCIFRC 0x6AC3 0x6AE3 1 HRCAP Interrupt Force Register

HCCOUNTER 0x6AC4 0x6AE4 1 HRCAP 16-bit Counter Register

HCCAPCNTRISE0 0x6AD0 0x6AF0 1 HRCAP Capture Counter on Rising Edge 0 Register

HCCAPCNTFALL0 0x6AD2 0x6AF2 1 HRCAP Capture Counter on Falling Edge 0 Register

HCCAPCNTRISE1 0x6AD8 0x6AF8 1 HRCAP Capture Counter on Rising Edge 1 Register

HCCAPCNTFALL1 0x6ADA 0x6AFA 1 HRCAP Capture Counter on Falling Edge 1 Register

(1) Registers that are EALLOW-protected.

For more information on the HRCAP, see the High Resolution Capture (HRCAP) chapter in the TMS320F2803x

Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

8.9.12.1 HRCAP Electrical Data/Timing

8.9.12.1.1 High-Resolution Capture (HRCAP) Timing Requirements

MIN NOM MAX UNIT

tc(HCCAPCLK) Cycle time, HRCAP capture clock 8.333 10.204 ns

tw(HRCAP) Pulse width, HRCAP capture 7tc(HCCAPCLK) (1) ns

HRCAP step size(2) 300 ps

(1) The listed minimum pulse width does not take into account the limitation that all relevant HCCAP registers must be read and RISE/

FALL event flags cleared within the pulse width to ensure valid capture data.

(2) HRCAP step size will increase with low voltage and high temperature and decrease with high voltage and low temperature.

Applications that use the HRCAP in high-resolution mode should use the HRCAP calibration functions to dynamically calibrate for

varying operating conditions.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.13 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP)

The device contains one enhanced quadrature encoder pulse (eQEP) module.

Table 8-38. eQEP Control and Status Registers

NAME eQEP1

ADDRESS

eQEP1

SIZE(x16)/

#SHADOW

QPOSCNT 0x6B00 2/0 eQEP Position Counter

QPOSINIT 0x6B02 2/0 eQEP Initialization Position Count

QPOSMAX 0x6B04 2/0 eQEP Maximum Position Count

QPOSCMP 0x6B06 2/1 eQEP Position-compare

QPOSILAT 0x6B08 2/0 eQEP Index Position Latch

QPOSSLAT 0x6B0A 2/0 eQEP Strobe Position Latch

QPOSLAT 0x6B0C 2/0 eQEP Position Latch

QUTMR 0x6B0E 2/0 eQEP Unit Timer

QUPRD 0x6B10 2/0 eQEP Unit Period Register

QWDTMR 0x6B12 1/0 eQEP Watchdog Timer

QWDPRD 0x6B13 1/0 eQEP Watchdog Period Register

QDECCTL 0x6B14 1/0 eQEP Decoder Control Register

QEPCTL 0x6B15 1/0 eQEP Control Register

QCAPCTL 0x6B16 1/0 eQEP Capture Control Register

QPOSCTL 0x6B17 1/0 eQEP Position-compare Control Register

QEINT 0x6B18 1/0 eQEP Interrupt Enable Register

QFLG 0x6B19 1/0 eQEP Interrupt Flag Register

QCLR 0x6B1A 1/0 eQEP Interrupt Clear Register

QFRC 0x6B1B 1/0 eQEP Interrupt Force Register

QEPSTS 0x6B1C 1/0 eQEP Status Register

QCTMR 0x6B1D 1/0 eQEP Capture Timer

QCPRD 0x6B1E 1/0 eQEP Capture Period Register

QCTMRLAT 0x6B1F 1/0 eQEP Capture Timer Latch

QCPRDLAT 0x6B20 1/0 eQEP Capture Period Latch

Reserved 0x6B21 –

0x6B3F 31/0

For more information on the eQEP, see the Enhanced QEP (eQEP) Module chapter in the TMS320F2803x

Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS _Qi Cupwgm :m 2017 Texas \Hst'umems \mcorpormen

Figure 8-43 shows the eQEP functional block diagram.

QWDTMR

QWDPRD

QWDOG

UTIME

QUPRD

QUTMR

UTOUT

WDTOUT

Quadrature

Capture

Unit

(QCAP)

QCPRDLAT

QCTMRLAT

QFLG

QEPSTS

QEPCTL

Registers

Used by

Multiple Units

QCLK

QDIR

PHE

PCSOUT

Quadrature

Decoder

(QDU)

QDECCTL

Position Counter/

Control Unit

(PCCU)

QPOSLAT

QPOSSLAT

QPOSILAT

EQEPxAIN

EQEPxBIN

EQEPxIIN

EQEPxIOUT

EQEPxIOE

EQEPxSIN

EQEPxSOUT

EQEPxSOE

GPIO

MUX

EQEPxA/XCLK

EQEPxB/XDIR

EQEPxS

EQEPxI

QPOSCMP QEINT

QFRC

QCLR

QPOSCTL

1632

QPOSCNT

QPOSMAX

QPOSINIT

PIE EQEPxINT

eQEP Peripheral

System Control

Registers

QCTMR

QCPRD

1616

QCAPCTL

EQEPxENCLK

SYSCLKOUT

To CPU

Data Bus

Figure 8-43. eQEP Functional Block Diagram

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.13.1 eQEP Electrical Data/Timing

Section 8.9.13.1.1 shows the eQEP timing requirement and Section 8.9.13.1.2 shows the eQEP switching

characteristics.

8.9.13.1.1 Enhanced Quadrature Encoder Pulse (eQEP) Timing Requirements

MIN MAX UNIT

tw(QEPP) QEP input period Asynchronous(1)/synchronous 2tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier(2) 2[1tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)] cycles

tw(INDEXH) QEP Index Input High time Asynchronous(1)/synchronous 2tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier(2) 2tc(SCO) +tw(IQSW) cycles

tw(INDEXL) QEP Index Input Low time Asynchronous(1)/synchronous 2tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier(2) 2tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW) cycles

tw(STROBH) QEP Strobe High time Asynchronous(1)/synchronous 2tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier(2) 2tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW) cycles

tw(STROBL) QEP Strobe Input Low time Asynchronous(1)/synchronous 2tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier(2) 2tc(SCO) +tw(IQSW) cycles

(1) Refer to the TMS320F2803x Real-Time MCUs Silicon Errata for limitations in the asynchronous mode.

(2) For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Section 8.9.15.1.2.1.

8.9.13.1.2 eQEP Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT

td(CNTR)xin Delay time, external clock to counter increment 4tc(SCO) cycles

td(PCS-OUT)QEP

Delay time, QEP input edge to position compare sync

output 6tc(SCO) cycles

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.14 JTAG Port

On the 2803x device, the JTAG port is reduced to 5 pins ( TRST, TCK, TDI, TMS, TDO). TCK, TDI, TMS

and TDO pins are also GPIO pins. The TRST signal selects either JTAG or GPIO operating mode for the pins

in Figure 8-44. During emulation/debug, the GPIO function of these pins are not available. If the GPIO38/TCK/

XCLKIN pin is used to provide an external clock, an alternate clock source should be used to clock the device

during emulation/debug because this pin will be needed for the TCK function.

Note

In 2803x devices, the JTAG pins may also be used as GPIO pins. Care should be taken in the board

design to ensure that the circuitry connected to these pins do not affect the emulation capabilities of

the JTAG pin function. Any circuitry connected to these pins should not prevent the JTAG debug probe

from driving (or being driven by) the JTAG pins for successful debug.

TRST

C28x

Core

TCK/GPIO38

TCK

XCLKIN

GPIO38_in

GPIO38_out

TDO

GPIO37_out

TDO/GPIO37

GPIO37_in

TMS

TMS/GPIO36

GPIO36_out

GPIO36_in

TDI

TDI/GPIO35

GPIO35_out

GPIO35_in

TRST

=0:JTAGDisabled(GPIOMode)

=1:JTAGMode

TRST

Figure 8-44. JTAG/GPIO Multiplexing

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.15 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) MUX

The GPIO MUX can multiplex up to three independent peripheral signals on a single GPIO pin in addition to

providing individual pin bit-banging I/O capability.

The device supports 45 GPIO pins. The GPIO control and data registers are mapped to Peripheral Frame 1

to enable 32-bit operations on the registers (along with 16-bit operations). Table 8-39 shows the GPIO register

mapping.

Table 8-39. GPIO Registers

NAME ADDRESS SIZE (x16) DESCRIPTION

GPIO CONTROL REGISTERS (EALLOW PROTECTED)

GPACTRL 0x6F80 2 GPIO A Control Register (GPIO0 to 31)

GPAQSEL1 0x6F82 2 GPIO A Qualifier Select 1 Register (GPIO0 to 15)

GPAQSEL2 0x6F84 2 GPIO A Qualifier Select 2 Register (GPIO16 to 31)

GPAMUX1 0x6F86 2 GPIO A MUX 1 Register (GPIO0 to 15)

GPAMUX2 0x6F88 2 GPIO A MUX 2 Register (GPIO16 to 31)

GPADIR 0x6F8A 2 GPIO A Direction Register (GPIO0 to 31)

GPAPUD 0x6F8C 2 GPIO A Pullup Disable Register (GPIO0 to 31)

GPBCTRL 0x6F90 2 GPIO B Control Register (GPIO32 to 44)

GPBQSEL1 0x6F92 2 GPIO B Qualifier Select 1 Register (GPIO32 to 44)

GPBMUX1 0x6F96 2 GPIO B MUX 1 Register (GPIO32 to 44)

GPBDIR 0x6F9A 2 GPIO B Direction Register (GPIO32 to 44)

GPBPUD 0x6F9C 2 GPIO B Pullup Disable Register (GPIO32 to 44)

AIOMUX1 0x6FB6 2 Analog, I/O mux 1 register (AIO0 to AIO15)

AIODIR 0x6FBA 2 Analog, I/O Direction Register (AIO0 to AIO15)

GPIO DATA REGISTERS (NOT EALLOW PROTECTED)

GPADAT 0x6FC0 2 GPIO A Data Register (GPIO0 to 31)

GPASET 0x6FC2 2 GPIO A Data Set Register (GPIO0 to 31)

GPACLEAR 0x6FC4 2 GPIO A Data Clear Register (GPIO0 to 31)

GPATOGGLE 0x6FC6 2 GPIO A Data Toggle Register (GPIO0 to 31)

GPBDAT 0x6FC8 2 GPIO B Data Register (GPIO32 to 44)

GPBSET 0x6FCA 2 GPIO B Data Set Register (GPIO32 to 44)

GPBCLEAR 0x6FCC 2 GPIO B Data Clear Register (GPIO32 to 44)

GPBTOGGLE 0x6FCE 2 GPIO B Data Toggle Register (GPIO32 to 44)

AIODAT 0x6FD8 2 Analog I/O Data Register (AIO0 to AIO15)

AIOSET 0x6FDA 2 Analog I/O Data Set Register (AIO0 to AIO15)

AIOCLEAR 0x6FDC 2 Analog I/O Data Clear Register (AIO0 to AIO15)

AIOTOGGLE 0x6FDE 2 Analog I/O Data Toggle Register (AIO0 to AIO15)

GPIO INTERRUPT AND LOW-POWER MODES SELECT REGISTERS (EALLOW PROTECTED)

GPIOXINT1SEL 0x6FE0 1 XINT1 GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO0 to 31)

GPIOXINT2SEL 0x6FE1 1 XINT2 GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO0 to 31)

GPIOXINT3SEL 0x6FE2 1 XINT3 GPIO Input Select Register (GPIO0 to 31)

GPIOLPMSEL 0x6FE8 2 LPM GPIO Select Register (GPIO0 to 31)

Note

There is a two-SYSCLKOUT cycle delay from when the write to the GPxMUXn/AIOMUXn and

GPxQSELn registers occurs to when the action is valid.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-40. GPIOA MUX

DEFAULT AT RESET

PRIMARY I/O

FUNCTION

PERIPHERAL

SELECTION 1(1) (2)

PERIPHERAL

SELECTION 2(1) (2)

PERIPHERAL

SELECTION 3(1) (2)

GPAMUX1 REGISTER

BITS (GPAMUX1 BITS = 00) (GPAMUX1 BITS = 01) (GPAMUX1 BITS = 10) (GPAMUX1 BITS = 11)

1-0 GPIO0 EPWM1A (O) Reserved Reserved

3-2 GPIO1 EPWM1B (O) Reserved COMP1OUT (O)

5-4 GPIO2 EPWM2A (O) Reserved Reserved

7-6 GPIO3 EPWM2B (O) SPISOMIA (I/O) COMP2OUT (O)

9-8 GPIO4 EPWM3A (O) Reserved Reserved

11-10 GPIO5 EPWM3B (O) SPISIMOA (I/O) ECAP1 (I/O)

13-12 GPIO6 EPWM4A (O) EPWMSYNCI (I) EPWMSYNCO (O)

15-14 GPIO7 EPWM4B (O) SCIRXDA (I) Reserved

17-16 GPIO8 EPWM5A (O) Reserved ADCSOCAO (O)

19-18 GPIO9 EPWM5B (O) LINTXA (O) HRCAP1 (I)

21-20 GPIO10 EPWM6A (O) Reserved ADCSOCBO (O)

23-22 GPIO11 EPWM6B (O) LINRXA (I) HRCAP2 (I)

25-24 GPIO12 TZ1 (I) SCITXDA (O) SPISIMOB (I/O)

27-26 GPIO13(3) TZ2 (I) Reserved SPISOMIB (I/O)

29-28 GPIO14(3) TZ3 (I) LINTXA (O) SPICLKB (I/O)

31-30 GPIO15(3) TZ1 (I) LINRXA (I) SPISTEB (I/O)

GPAMUX2 REGISTER

BITS (GPAMUX2 BITS = 00) (GPAMUX2 BITS = 01) (GPAMUX2 BITS = 10) (GPAMUX2 BITS = 11)

1-0 GPIO16 SPISIMOA (I/O) Reserved TZ2 (I)

3-2 GPIO17 SPISOMIA (I/O) Reserved TZ3 (I)

5-4 GPIO18 SPICLKA (I/O) LINTXA (O) XCLKOUT (O)

7-6 GPIO19/XCLKIN SPISTEA (I/O) LINRXA (I) ECAP1 (I/O)

9-8 GPIO20 EQEP1A (I) Reserved COMP1OUT (O)

11-10 GPIO21 EQEP1B (I) Reserved COMP2OUT (O)

13-12 GPIO22 EQEP1S (I/O) Reserved LINTXA (O)

15-14 GPIO23 EQEP1I (I/O) Reserved LINRXA (I)

17-16 GPIO24 ECAP1 (I/O) Reserved SPISIMOB (I/O)

19-18 GPIO25(3) Reserved Reserved SPISOMIB (I/O)

21-20 GPIO26(3) HRCAP1 (I) Reserved SPICLKB (I/O)

23-22 GPIO27(3) HRCAP2 (I) Reserved SPISTEB (I/O)

25-24 GPIO28 SCIRXDA (I) SDAA (I/OD) TZ2 (I)

27-26 GPIO29 SCITXDA (O) SCLA (I/OD) TZ3 (I)

29-28 GPIO30 CANRXA (I) Reserved Reserved

31-30 GPIO31 CANTXA (O) Reserved Reserved

(1) The word reserved means that there is no peripheral assigned to this GPxMUX1/2 register setting. Should it be selected, the state of

the pin will be undefined and the pin may be driven. This selection is a reserved configuration for future expansion.

(2) I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain

(3) These pins are not available in the 64-pin package.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-41. GPIOB MUX

DEFAULT AT RESET

PRIMARY I/O FUNCTION

PERIPHERAL

SELECTION 1(1)

PERIPHERAL

SELECTION 2(1)

PERIPHERAL

SELECTION 3(1)

GPBMUX1 REGISTER

BITS (GPBMUX1 BITS = 00) (GPBMUX1 BITS = 01) (GPBMUX1 BITS = 10) (GPBMUX1 BITS = 11)

1-0 GPIO32 SDAA (I/OD) EPWMSYNCI (I) ADCSOCAO (O)

3-2 GPIO33 SCLA (I/OD) EPWMSYNCO (O) ADCSOCBO (O)

5-4 GPIO34 COMP2OUT (O) Reserved COMP3OUT (O)

7-6 GPIO35 (TDI) Reserved Reserved Reserved

9-8 GPIO36 (TMS) Reserved Reserved Reserved

11-10 GPIO37 (TDO) Reserved Reserved Reserved

13-12 GPIO38/XCLKIN (TCK) Reserved Reserved Reserved

15-14 GPIO39(2) Reserved Reserved Reserved

17-16 GPIO40(2) EPWM7A (O) Reserved Reserved

19-18 GPIO41(2) EPWM7B (O) Reserved Reserved

21-20 GPIO42(2) Reserved Reserved COMP1OUT (O)

23-22 GPIO43(2) Reserved Reserved COMP2OUT (O)

25-24 GPIO44(2) Reserved Reserved Reserved

27-26 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

29-28 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

31-30 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

(1) I = Input, O = Output, OD = Open Drain

(2) These pins are not available in the 64-pin package.

Table 8-42. Analog MUX for 80-Pin PN Package

DEFAULT AT RESET

AIOx AND PERIPHERAL SELECTION 1(1) PERIPHERAL SELECTION 2 AND

PERIPHERAL SELECTION 3(1)

AIOMUX1 REGISTER BITS AIOMUX1 BITS = 0,x AIOMUX1 BITS = 1,x

1-0 ADCINA0 (I) ADCINA0 (I)

3-2 ADCINA1 (I) ADCINA1 (I)

5-4 AIO2 (I/O) ADCINA2 (I), COMP1A (I)

7-6 ADCINA3 (I) ADCINA3 (I)

9-8 AIO4 (I/O) ADCINA4 (I), COMP2A (I)

11-10 ADCINA5 (I) ADCINA5 (I)

13-12 AIO6 (I/O) ADCINA6 (I), COMP3A (I)

15-14 ADCINA7 (I) ADCINA7 (I)

17-16 ADCINB0 (I) ADCINB0 (I)

19-18 ADCINB1 (I) ADCINB1 (I)

21-20 AIO10 (I/O) ADCINB2 (I), COMP1B (I)

23-22 ADCINB3 (I) ADCINB3 (I)

25-24 AIO12 (I/O) ADCINB4 (I), COMP2B (I)

27-26 ADCINB5 (I) ADCINB5 (I)

29-28 AIO14 (I/O) ADCINB6 (I), COMP3B (I)

31-30 ADCINB7 (I) ADCINB7 (I)

(1) I = Input, O = Output

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Table 8-43. Analog MUX for 56-Pin RSH and 64-Pin PAG Packages

DEFAULT AT RESET

AIOx AND PERIPHERAL SELECTION 1(1) PERIPHERAL SELECTION 2 AND

PERIPHERAL SELECTION 3(1)

AIOMUX1 REGISTER BITS AIOMUX1 BITS = 0,x AIOMUX1 BITS = 1,x

1-0 ADCINA0 (I), VREFHI (I) ADCINA0 (I), VREFHI (I)

3-2 ADCINA1 (I) ADCINA1 (I)

5-4 AIO2 (I/O) ADCINA2 (I), COMP1A (I)

7-6 ADCINA3 (I) ADCINA3 (I)

9-8 AIO4 (I/O) ADCINA4 (I), COMP2A (I)

11-10 – –

13-12 AIO6 (I/O) ADCINA6 (I), COMP3A (I)

15-14 ADCINA7 (I) ADCINA7 (I)

17-16 ADCINB0 (I) ADCINB0 (I)

19-18 ADCINB1 (I) ADCINB1 (I)

21-20 AIO10 (I/O) ADCINB2 (I), COMP1B (I)

23-22 ADCINB3 (I) ADCINB3 (I)

25-24 AIO12 (I/O) ADCINB4 (I), COMP2B (I)

27-26 – –

29-28 AIO14 (I/O) ADCINB6 (I), COMP3B (I)

31-30 ADCINB7 (I) ADCINB7 (I)

(1) I = Input, O = Output

The user can select the type of input qualification for each GPIO pin through the GPxQSEL1/2 registers from

four choices:

• Synchronization To SYSCLKOUT Only (GPxQSEL1/2 = 0, 0): This is the default mode of all GPIO pins at

reset and it simply synchronizes the input signal to the system clock (SYSCLKOUT).

• Qualification Using Sampling Window (GPxQSEL1/2 = 0, 1 and 1, 0): In this mode the input signal, after

synchronization to the system clock (SYSCLKOUT), is qualified by a specified number of cycles before the

input is allowed to change.

• The sampling period is specified by the QUALPRD bits in the GPxCTRL register and is configurable in

groups of 8 signals. It specifies a multiple of SYSCLKOUT cycles for sampling the input signal. The sampling

window is either 3-samples or 6-samples wide and the output is only changed when ALL samples are the

same (all 0s or all 1s) as shown in Figure 8-47 (for 6 sample mode).

• No Synchronization (GPxQSEL1/2 = 1,1): This mode is used for peripherals where synchronization is not

required (synchronization is performed within the peripheral).

Due to the multilevel multiplexing that is required on the device, there may be cases where a peripheral input

signal can be mapped to more then one GPIO pin. Also, when an input signal is not selected, the input signal will

default to either a 0 or 1 state, depending on the peripheral.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

ITEXAs INSTRUMENTS A A V 4» + a —> a E N 7 GP SET G—l GPXDAT (\atch) .7 ‘7, ‘7

GPxDAT (read)

Input

Qualification

GPxMUX1/2

High Impedance

Output Control

GPIOx pin

XRS

0 = Input, 1 = Output

Low-Power

Modes Block

GPxDIR (latch)

Peripheral 2 Input

Peripheral 3 Input

Peripheral 1 Output

Peripheral 2 Output

Peripheral 3 Output

Peripheral 1 Output Enable

Peripheral 2 Output Enable

Peripheral 3 Output Enable

GPxCTRL

Peripheral 1 Input

N/C

GPxPUD

LPMCR0

Internal

Pullup

GPIOLMPSEL

GPxQSEL1/2

GPxSET

GPxDAT (latch)

GPxCLEAR

GPxTOGGLE

= Default at Reset

PIE

External Interrupt

MUX

Asynchronous

path

Asynchronous path

GPIOXINT1SEL

GPIOXINT2SEL

GPIOXINT3SEL

A. x stands for the port, either A or B. For example, GPxDIR refers to either the GPADIR and GPBDIR register depending on the particular

GPIO pin selected.

B. GPxDAT latch/read are accessed at the same memory location.

C. This is a generic GPIO MUX block diagram. Not all options may be applicable for all GPIO pins. For pin-specific variations, see the

System Control chapter in the TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual.

Figure 8-45. GPIO Multiplexing

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS \ 4H H, «er ”’1 “i

8.9.15.1 GPIO Electrical Data/Timing

8.9.15.1.1 GPIO - Output Timing

8.9.15.1.1.1 General-Purpose Output Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER MIN MAX UNIT

tr(GPO) Rise time, GPIO switching low to high All GPIOs 13(1) ns

tf(GPO) Fall time, GPIO switching high to low All GPIOs 13(1) ns

tfGPO Toggling frequency 15 MHz

(1) Rise time and fall time vary with electrical loading on I/O pins. Values given in Section 8.9.15.1.1.1 are applicable for a 40-pF load on

I/O pins.

GPIO

tr(GPO)

tf(GPO)

Figure 8-46. General-Purpose Output Timing

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

w TEXAS INSTRUMENTS MMMMMMMMMMM

8.9.15.1.2 GPIO - Input Timing

8.9.15.1.2.1 General-Purpose Input Timing Requirements

MIN MAX UNIT

tw(SP) Sampling period QUALPRD = 0 1tc(SCO) cycles

QUALPRD ≠ 0 2tc(SCO) * QUALPRD cycles

tw(IQSW) Input qualifier sampling window tw(SP) * (n(1) – 1) cycles

tw(GPI) (2) Pulse duration, GPIO low/high Synchronous mode 2tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier tw(IQSW) + tw(SP) + 1tc(SCO) cycles

(1) "n" represents the number of qualification samples as defined by GPxQSELn register.

(2) For tw(GPI), pulse width is measured from VIL to VIL for an active low signal and VIH to VIH for an active high signal.

GPIO Signal

Sampling Window

Output From

Qualifier

1 1 1111111110000000 000

SYSCLKOUT

QUALPRD = 1

(SYSCLKOUT/2)

(A)

GPxQSELn = 1,0 (6 samples)

[(SYSCLKOUT cycle * 2 * QUALPRD) * 5 ]

(C)

Sampling Period determined

by GPxCTRL[QUALPRD](B)

(D)

tw(SP)

tw(IQSW)

A. This glitch will be ignored by the input qualifier. The QUALPRD bit field specifies the qualification sampling period. It can vary from 00 to

0xFF. If QUALPRD = 00, then the sampling period is 1 SYSCLKOUT cycle. For any other value "n", the qualification sampling period in

2n SYSCLKOUT cycles (that is, at every 2n SYSCLKOUT cycles, the GPIO pin will be sampled).

B. The qualification period selected through the GPxCTRL register applies to groups of 8 GPIO pins.

C. The qualification block can take either three or six samples. The GPxQSELn Register selects which sample mode is used.

D. In the example shown, for the qualifier to detect the change, the input should be stable for 10 SYSCLKOUT cycles or greater. In other

words, the inputs should be stable for (5 x QUALPRD x 2) SYSCLKOUT cycles. This would ensure 5 sampling periods for detection to

occur. Because external signals are driven asynchronously, an 13-SYSCLKOUT-wide pulse ensures reliable recognition.

Figure 8-47. Sampling Mode

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

/\_/\+/\_/\_/\_ X X \ \ H 4" * Ti ”7

8.9.15.1.3 Sampling Window Width for Input Signals

The following section summarizes the sampling window width for input signals for various input qualifier

configurations.

Sampling frequency denotes how often a signal is sampled with respect to SYSCLKOUT.

Sampling frequency = SYSCLKOUT/(2 × QUALPRD), if QUALPRD ≠ 0

Sampling frequency = SYSCLKOUT, if QUALPRD = 0

Sampling period = SYSCLKOUT cycle × 2 × QUALPRD, if QUALPRD ≠ 0

In the above equations, SYSCLKOUT cycle indicates the time period of SYSCLKOUT.

Sampling period = SYSCLKOUT cycle, if QUALPRD = 0

In a given sampling window, either 3 or 6 samples of the input signal are taken to determine the validity of the

signal. This is determined by the value written to GPxQSELn register.

Case 1:

Qualification using 3 samples

Sampling window width = (SYSCLKOUT cycle × 2 × QUALPRD) × 2, if QUALPRD ≠ 0

Sampling window width = (SYSCLKOUT cycle) × 2, if QUALPRD = 0

Case 2:

Qualification using 6 samples

Sampling window width = (SYSCLKOUT cycle × 2 × QUALPRD) × 5, if QUALPRD ≠ 0

Sampling window width = (SYSCLKOUT cycle) × 5, if QUALPRD = 0

GPIOxn

SYSCLK

tw(GPI)

Figure 8-48. General-Purpose Input Timing

VDDIO

VSS VSS

2 pF

> 1 MS

Figure 8-49. Input Resistance Model for a GPIO Pin With an Internal Pullup

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.15.1.4 Low-Power Mode Wakeup Timing

Section 8.9.15.1.4.1 shows the timing requirements, Section 8.9.15.1.4.2 shows the switching characteristics,

and Figure 8-50 shows the timing diagram for IDLE mode.

8.9.15.1.4.1 IDLE Mode Timing Requirements

MIN MAX UNIT

tw(WAKE-INT) Pulse duration, external wake-up signal Without input qualifier 2tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier(1) 5tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)

(1) For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Section 8.9.15.1.2.1.

8.9.15.1.4.2 IDLE Mode Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT

td(WAKE-IDLE)

Delay time, external wake signal to program execution resume (1) cycles

• Wake up from Flash

– Flash module in active state

Without input qualifier 20tc(SCO)

cycles

With input qualifier(2) 20tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)

• Wake up from Flash

– Flash module in sleep state

Without input qualifier 1050tc(SCO)

cycles

With input qualifier(2) 1050tc(SCO) +

tw(IQSW)

• Wake up from SARAM Without input qualifier 20tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier(2) 20tc(SCO) + tw(IQSW)

(1) This is the time taken to begin execution of the instruction that immediately follows the IDLE instruction. Execution of an ISR (triggered

by the wake-up signal) involves additional latency.

(2) For an explanation of the input qualifier parameters, see Section 8.9.15.1.2.1.

WAKE INT(A)(B)

XCLKOUT

Address/Data

(internal)

td(WAKE−IDLE)

tw(WAKE−INT)

A. WAKE INT can be any enabled interrupt, WDINT or XRS. After the IDLE instruction is executed, a delay of 5 OSCCLK cycles

(minimum) is needed before the wake-up signal could be asserted.

B. From the time the IDLE instruction is executed to place the device into low-power mode (LPM), wakeup should not be initiated until at

least 4 OSCCLK cycles have elapsed.

Figure 8-50. IDLE Entry and Exit Timing

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.15.1.4.3 STANDBY Mode Timing Requirements

MIN MAX UNIT

tw(WAKE-INT)

Pulse duration, external

wake-up signal

Without input qualification 3tc(OSCCLK) cycles

With input qualification(1) (2 + QUALSTDBY) * tc(OSCCLK)

(1) QUALSTDBY is a 6-bit field in the LPMCR0 register.

8.9.15.1.4.4 STANDBY Mode Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN MAX UNIT

td(IDLE-XCOL)

Delay time, IDLE instruction

executed to XCLKOUT low 32tc(SCO) 45tc(SCO) cycles

td(WAKE-STBY)

Delay time, external wake signal to program execution

resume(1) cycles

• Wake up from flash

– Flash module in active state

Without input qualifier 100tc(SCO)

cycles

With input qualifier 100tc(SCO) + tw(WAKE-INT)

• Wake up from flash

– Flash module in sleep state

Without input qualifier 1125tc(SCO)

cycles

With input qualifier 1125tc(SCO) + tw(WAKE-INT)

• Wake up from SARAM Without input qualifier 100tc(SCO) cycles

With input qualifier 100tc(SCO) + tw(WAKE-INT)

(1) This is the time taken to begin execution of the instruction that immediately follows the IDLE instruction. Execution of an ISR (triggered

by the wake-up signal) involves additional latency.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

ﬂ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

td(IDLE−XCOL)

Wake-up

Signal(H)

X1/X2 or

XCLKIN

XCLKOUT

Flushing Pipeline

(A)

Device

Status STANDBY Normal ExecutionSTANDBY

(G)(B)

(C)

(D)(E)

(F)

tw(WAKE-INT)

td(WAKE-STBY)

A. IDLE instruction is executed to put the device into STANDBY mode.

B. The PLL block responds to the STANDBY signal. SYSCLKOUT is held for the number of cycles indicated below before being turned off:

• 16 cycles, when DIVSEL = 00 or 01

• 32 cycles, when DIVSEL = 10

• 64 cycles, when DIVSEL = 11

This delay enables the CPU pipeline and any other pending operations to flush properly.

C. Clock to the peripherals are turned off. However, the PLL and watchdog are not shut down. The device is now in STANDBY mode. After

the IDLE instruction is executed, a delay of 5 OSCCLK cycles (minimum) is needed before the wake-up signal could be asserted.

D. The external wake-up signal is driven active.

E. The wake-up signal fed to a GPIO pin to wake up the device must meet the minimum pulse width requirement. Furthermore, this signal

must be free of glitches. If a noisy signal is fed to a GPIO pin, the wake-up behavior of the device will not be deterministic and the

device may not exit low-power mode for subsequent wake-up pulses.

F. After a latency period, the STANDBY mode is exited.

G. Normal execution resumes. The device will respond to the interrupt (if enabled).

H. From the time the IDLE instruction is executed to place the device into low-power mode (LPM), wakeup should not be initiated until at

least 4 OSCCLK cycles have elapsed.

Figure 8-51. STANDBY Entry and Exit Timing Diagram

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

8.9.15.1.4.5 HALT Mode Timing Requirements

MIN MAX UNIT

tw(WAKE-GPIO) Pulse duration, GPIO wake-up signal toscst + 2tc(OSCCLK) cycles

tw(WAKE-XRS) Pulse duration, XRS wake-up signal toscst + 8tc(OSCCLK) cycles

8.9.15.1.4.6 HALT Mode Switching Characteristics

over recommended operating conditions (unless otherwise noted)

PARAMETER MIN MAX UNIT

td(IDLE-XCOL) Delay time, IDLE instruction executed to XCLKOUT low 32tc(SCO) 45tc(SCO) cycles

tpPLL lock-up time 1 ms

td(WAKE-HALT)

Delay time, PLL lock to program execution resume

• Wake up from flash

– Flash module in sleep state

1125tc(SCO) cycles

• Wake up from SARAM 35tc(SCO) cycles

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

ﬂ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

td(IDLE−XCOL)

X1/X2 or

XCLKIN

XCLKOUT

HALT HALT

Wake-up Latency

Flushing Pipeline

td(WAKE−HALT

Device

Status

PLL Lock-up Time Normal

Execution

tw(WAKE-GPIO)

GPIOn(I)

Oscillator Start-up Time

(A)

(G)

(C)

(D)(E)

(F)

(B)

(H)

)

A. IDLE instruction is executed to put the device into HALT mode.

B. The PLL block responds to the HALT signal. SYSCLKOUT is held for the number of cycles indicated below before oscillator is turned off

and the CLKIN to the core is stopped:

• 16 cycles, when DIVSEL = 00 or 01

• 32 cycles, when DIVSEL = 10

• 64 cycles, when DIVSEL = 11

This delay enables the CPU pipeline and any other pending operations to flush properly.

C. Clocks to the peripherals are turned off and the PLL is shut down. If a quartz crystal or ceramic resonator is used as the clock source,

the internal oscillator is shut down as well. The device is now in HALT mode and consumes absolute minimum power. It is possible

to keep the zero-pin internal oscillators (INTOSC1 and INTOSC2) and the watchdog alive in HALT mode. This is done by writing to

the appropriate bits in the CLKCTL register. After the IDLE instruction is executed, a delay of 5 OSCCLK cycles (minimum) is needed

before the wake-up signal could be asserted.

D. When the GPIOn pin (used to bring the device out of HALT) is driven low, the oscillator is turned on and the oscillator wake-up

sequence is initiated. The GPIO pin should be driven high only after the oscillator has stabilized. This enables the provision of a clean

clock signal during the PLL lock sequence. Because the falling edge of the GPIO pin asynchronously begins the wake-up procedure,

care should be taken to maintain a low noise environment prior to entering and during HALT mode.

E. The wake-up signal fed to a GPIO pin to wake up the device must meet the minimum pulse width requirement. Furthermore, this signal

must be free of glitches. If a noisy signal is fed to a GPIO pin, the wake-up behavior of the device will not be deterministic and the

device may not exit low-power mode for subsequent wake-up pulses.

F. Once the oscillator has stabilized, the PLL lock sequence is initiated, which takes 1 ms.

G. When CLKIN to the core is enabled, the device will respond to the interrupt (if enabled), after a latency. The HALT mode is now exited.

H. Normal operation resumes.

I. From the time the IDLE instruction is executed to place the device into low-power mode (LPM), wakeup should not be initiated until at

least 4 OSCCLK cycles have elapsed.

Figure 8-52. HALT Mode Wakeup Using GPIOn

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

9 Applications, Implementation, and Layout

Note

Information in the following sections is not part of the TI component specification, and TI does not

warrant its accuracy or completeness. TI’s customers are responsible for determining suitability of

components for their purposes. Customers should validate and test their design implementation to

confirm system functionality.

9.1 TI Reference Design

The TI Reference Design Library is a robust reference design library spanning analog, embedded processor,

and connectivity. Created by TI experts to help you jump start your system design, all reference designs include

schematic or block diagrams, BOMs, and design files to speed your time to market. Search and download

designs at the Select TI reference designs page.

Multiple Channels of High Density LED Control for Automotive Headlight Applications

This design, featuring the TMS320F2803x microcontroller, implements a high-efficiency, multichannel DC-DC

LED control system for typically automotive lighting systems. The design support up to six channels of LED

controls, each with a maximum of 1.2-A current driving capabilities. With a 2-stage power topology of boost

and buck, the system can be operated with a wide input DC voltage from 8 V to 20 V, which fits perfectly in

automotive applications.

Automotive Digitally Controlled Boost Power Supply

This TI reference design is an automotive voltage boost converter module. The purpose of this module is to

supply a steady voltage to vehicle electronics by boosting during voltage droop events such as engine crank.

The design is based on the C2000 Real-Time Microcontroller, and will provide up to 400 Watts of power from a

12-V automotive battery system. This solution supports continuous operational input voltage of 6 V to 16 V with

protection against 36-V load dump to provide a stable 12-V output supply with reverse battery protection.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

10 Device and Documentation Support

10.1 Device and Development Support Tool Nomenclature

To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all

TMS320™ MCU devices and support tools. Each TMS320 MCU commercial family member has one of three

prefixes: TMX, TMP, or TMS (for example, TMS320F28032). Texas Instruments recommends two of three

possible prefix designators for its support tools: TMDX and TMDS. These prefixes represent evolutionary stages

of product development from engineering prototypes (TMX/TMDX) through fully qualified production devices/

tools (TMS/TMDS).

Device development evolutionary flow:

TMX Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device's electrical specifications and

may not use production assembly flow.

TMP Prototype device that is not necessarily the final silicon die and may not necessarily meet final electrical

specifications.

TMS Production version of the silicon die that is fully qualified.

Support tool development evolutionary flow:

TMDX Development-support product that has not yet completed Texas Instruments internal qualification testing.

TMDS Fully-qualified development-support product.

TMX and TMP devices and TMDX development-support tools are shipped against the following disclaimer:

"Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes."

Production devices and TMDS development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality and

reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI's standard warranty applies.

Predictions show that prototype devices (X or P) have a greater failure rate than the standard production

devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production system because their

expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be used.

TI device nomenclature also includes a suffix with the device family name. This suffix indicates the package

type (for example, PN) and temperature range (for example, T). Figure 10-1 provides a legend for reading the

complete device name for any family member.

For device part numbers and further ordering information, see the TI website (www.ti.com) or contact your TI

sales representative.

For additional description of the device nomenclature markings on the die, see the TMS320F2803x Real-Time

MCUs Silicon Errata.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

TEXAS INSTRUMENTS Genaric Pan Number: TMS 320 F 28032 Ordambls Pan Number: TMS 320 F 28032 PREFIX é TMX = expenmenral device TMP: prototype device TMS : quallﬁed devlce DEVICE FAMILV 320 = TM5320 MCU Fami‘y TECHNOLOGY F = Flash PM 'I R L SHIPPING OPTIONS Elan Tray R = Tape and Reel 7 QUALIFICATION (In Generic Pan Number) Blank NanrAulomolIve -Q1 2 ()1 reIers m Automalwe AEC 0100 Grade 1 quallﬂcahon — TEMPERATURE RANGE (In Ordemble Pm Number) 40'0 lo 105”C 40°C to 125”C 40"C Io 125”C PACKAGE TYPE 56er RSH Very Thln Quad Flalpack (Na Lead) (VQFN) lid-Pin PAG Tmn Quad F‘alpack (TOFP) so-Pm PN Low-Proﬁle Quad Flalpack (LOFP) DEVICE 28035 28034 28033 28032 28031 28030

A. For more information on peripheral, temperature, and package availability for a specific device, see Table 5-1.

Figure 10-1. Device Nomenclature

10.2 Tools and Software

TI offers an extensive line of development tools. Some of the tools and software to evaluate the performance of

the device, generate code, and develop solutions are listed below. To view all available tools and software for

C2000™ real-time control MCUs, visit the C2000 real-time control MCUs – Design & development page.

Development Tools

Code Composer Studio (CCS) Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for C2000 Microcontrollers

Code Composer Studio is an integrated development environment (IDE) that supports TI's Microcontroller

and Embedded Processors portfolio. CCS comprises a suite of tools used to develop and debug embedded

applications. It includes an optimizing C/C++ compiler, source code editor, project build environment, debugger,

profiler, and many other features. The intuitive IDE provides a single user interface taking you through each

step of the application development flow. Familiar tools and interfaces allow users to get started faster than

ever before. CCS combines the advantages of the Eclipse software framework with advanced embedded debug

capabilities from TI resulting in a compelling feature-rich development environment for embedded developers.

Software Tools

powerSUITE - Digital Power Supply Design Software Tools for C2000™ MCUs

powerSUITE is a suite of digital power supply design software tools for Texas Instruments' C2000 real-time

microcontroller (MCU) family. powerSUITE helps power supply engineers drastically reduce development time

as they design digitally-controlled power supplies based on C2000 real-time control MCUs.

C2000Ware for C2000 MCUs

C2000Ware for C2000™ microcontrollers is a cohesive set of development software and documentation

designed to minimize software development time. From device-specific drivers and libraries to device peripheral

examples, C2000Ware provides a solid foundation to begin development and evaluation of your product.

UniFlash Standalone Flash Tool

UniFlash is a standalone tool used to program on-chip flash memory through a GUI, command line, or scripting

interface.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

C2000 Third-party search tool

TI has partnered with multiple companies to offer a wide range of solutions and services for TI C2000 devices.

These companies can accelerate your path to production using C2000 devices. Download this search tool to

quickly browse third-party details and find the right third-party to meet your needs.

Models

Various models are available for download from the product Tools & Software pages. These include I/O Buffer

Information Specification (IBIS) Models and Boundary-Scan Description Language (BSDL) Models. To view all

available models, visit the Models section of the Tools & Software page for each device.

Training

To help assist design engineers in taking full advantage of the C2000 microcontroller features and performance,

TI has developed a variety of training resources. Utilizing the online training materials and downloadable

hands-on workshops provides an easy means for gaining a complete working knowledge of the C2000

microcontroller family. These training resources have been designed to decrease the learning curve, while

reducing development time, and accelerating product time to market. For more information on the various

training resources, visit the C2000™ real-time control MCUs – Support & training site.

Specific TMS320F2803x hands-on training resources can be found at C2000™ MCU device workshops.

10.3 Documentation Support

To receive notification of documentation updates, navigate to the device product folder on ti.com. Click on

Subscribe to updates to register and receive a weekly digest of any product information that has changed. For

change details, review the revision history included in any revised document.

The current documentation that describes the processor, related peripherals, and other technical collateral is

listed below.

Errata

TMS320F2803x Real-Time MCUs Silicon Errata describes known advisories on silicon and provides

workarounds.

Technical Reference Manual

TMS320F2803x Real-Time Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual details the integration, the

environment, the functional description, and the programming models for each peripheral and subsystem in

the device.

CPU User's Guides

TMS320C28x CPU and Instruction Set Reference Guide describes the central processing unit (CPU) and

the assembly language instructions of the TMS320C28x fixed-point digital signal processors (DSPs). It also

describes emulation features available on these DSPs.

Peripheral Guides

C2000 Real-Time Control Peripherals Reference Guide describes the peripheral reference guides of the 28x

digital signal processors (DSPs).

Tools Guides

TMS320C28x Assembly Language Tools v21.6.0.LTS User's Guide describes the assembly language tools

(assembler and other tools used to develop assembly language code), assembler directives, macros, common

object file format, and symbolic debugging directives for the TMS320C28x device.

TMS320C28x Optimizing C/C++ Compiler v21.6.0.LTS User's Guide describes the TMS320C28x C/C++

compiler. This compiler accepts ANSI standard C/C++ source code and produces TMS320 DSP assembly

language source code for the TMS320C28x device.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Application Reports

Semiconductor Packing Methodology describes the packing methodologies employed to prepare semiconductor

devices for shipment to end users.

Calculating Useful Lifetimes of Embedded Processors provides a methodology for calculating the useful lifetime

of TI embedded processors (EPs) under power when used in electronic systems. It is aimed at general

engineers who wish to determine if the reliability of the TI EP meets the end system reliability requirement.

Semiconductor and IC Package Thermal Metrics describes traditional and new thermal metrics and puts their

application in perspective with respect to system-level junction temperature estimation.

Calculating FIT for a Mission Profile explains how use TI’s reliability de-rating tools to calculate a component

level FIT under power on conditions for a system mission profile.

Oscillator Compensation Guide describes a factory supplied method for compensating the internal oscillators for

frequency drift caused by temperature.

MCU CAN Module Operation Using the On-Chip Zero-Pin Oscillator.

The TMS320F2803x/TMS320F2805x/TMS320F2806x series of microcontrollers have an on-chip zero-pin

oscillator that needs no external components. This application report describes how to use the CAN module

with this oscillator to operate at the maximum bit rate and bus length without the added cost of an external clock

source.

An Introduction to IBIS (I/O Buffer Information Specification) Modeling discusses various aspects of IBIS

including its history, advantages, compatibility, model generation flow, data requirements in modeling the input/

output structures and future trends.

Serial Flash Programming of C2000™ Microcontrollers discusses using a flash kernel and ROM loaders for

serial programming a device.

10.4 Support Resources

TI E2E™ support forums are an engineer's go-to source for fast, verified answers and design help — straight

from the experts. Search existing answers or ask your own question to get the quick design help you need.

Linked content is provided "AS IS" by the respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do

not necessarily reflect TI's views; see TI's Terms of Use.

10.5 Trademarks

TMS320C2000™, TMS320™, and TI E2E™ are trademarks of Texas Instruments.

I2C-bus® is a registered trademark of NXP B.V. Corporation.

All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

10.6 Electrostatic Discharge Caution

This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled

with appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.

ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may

be more susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published

specifications.

10.7 Glossary

TI Glossary This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.

www.ti.com

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

11 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information

11.1 Packaging Information

The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the most

current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and revision of

this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation.

TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032

TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1

SPRS584P – APRIL 2009 – REVISED JUNE 2021 www.ti.com

Product Folder Links: TMS320F28030 TMS320F28030-Q1 TMS320F28031 TMS320F28031-Q1

TMS320F28032 TMS320F28032-Q1 TMS320F28033 TMS320F28033-Q1 TMS320F28034 TMS320F28034-Q1

TMS320F28035 TMS320F28035-Q1

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples

PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 2-Feb-2022

Addendum-Page 1

PACKAGING INFORMATION

Orderable Device Status

(1)

Package Type Package

Drawing Pins Package

Qty Eco Plan

(2)

Lead finish/

Ball material

(6)

MSL Peak Temp

(3)

Op Temp (°C) Device Marking

(4/5)

Samples

TMS320F28030PAGQ ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28030PAGQ

TMS320

TMS320F28030PAGS ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28030PAGS

TMS320

TMS320F28030PAGT ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28030PAGT

TMS320

TMS320F28030PNQ ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28030PNQ

TMS320

TMS320F28030PNS ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28030PNS

TMS320

TMS320F28030PNT ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28030PNT

TMS320

TMS320F28030RSHS ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28030RSHS

S320 980

TMS320F28030RSHT ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28030RSHT

S320 980

TMS320F28031PAGQ ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28031PAGQ

TMS320

TMS320F28031PAGS ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28031PAGS

TMS320

TMS320F28031PAGT ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28031PAGT

TMS320

TMS320F28031PNQ ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28031PNQ

TMS320

TMS320F28031PNS ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28031PNS

TMS320

TMS320F28031PNT ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28031PNT

TMS320

TMS320F28031RSHS ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28031RSHS

S320 980

TMS320F28032PAGQ ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28032PAGQ

TMS320

TMS320F28032PAGS ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28032PAGS

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples

PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 2-Feb-2022

Addendum-Page 2

Orderable Device Status

(1)

Package Type Package

Drawing Pins Package

Qty Eco Plan

(2)

Lead finish/

Ball material

(6)

MSL Peak Temp

(3)

Op Temp (°C) Device Marking

(4/5)

Samples

TMS320

TMS320F28032PAGT ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28032PAGT

TMS320

TMS320F28032PNQ ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28032PNQ

TMS320

TMS320F28032PNS ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28032PNS

TMS320

TMS320F28032PNT ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28032PNT

TMS320

TMS320F28032PNTR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28032PNT

TMS320

TMS320F28032RSHS ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28032RSHS

S320 980

TMS320F28032RSHT ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28032RSHT

S320 980

TMS320F28033P1PAGS ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28033PAGS

TMS320

TMS320F28033PAGQ ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28033PAGQ

TMS320

TMS320F28033PAGS ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28033PAGS

TMS320

TMS320F28033PAGT ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28033PAGT

TMS320

TMS320F28033PNQ ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28033PNQ

TMS320

TMS320F28033PNS ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28033PNS

TMS320

TMS320F28033PNT ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28033PNT

TMS320

TMS320F28033RSHS ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28033RSHS

S320 980

TMS320F28033RSHT ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28033RSHT

S320 980

TMS320F28034PAGQ ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28034PAGQ

TMS320

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples Samples

PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 2-Feb-2022

Addendum-Page 3

Orderable Device Status

(1)

Package Type Package

Drawing Pins Package

Qty Eco Plan

(2)

Lead finish/

Ball material

(6)

MSL Peak Temp

(3)

Op Temp (°C) Device Marking

(4/5)

Samples

TMS320F28034PAGQR ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 1500 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28034PAGQ

TMS320

TMS320F28034PAGS ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28034PAGS

TMS320

TMS320F28034PAGT ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28034PAGT

TMS320

TMS320F28034PNQ ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28034PNQ

TMS320

TMS320F28034PNS ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28034PNS

TMS320

TMS320F28034PNT ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28034PNT

TMS320

TMS320F28034PNTR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28034PNT

TMS320

TMS320F28034RSHS ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28034RSHS

S320 980

TMS320F28034RSHT ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28034RSHT

S320 980

TMS320F28035PAGQ ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28035PAGQ

TMS320

TMS320F28035PAGS ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28035PAGS

TMS320

TMS320F28035PAGT ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 160 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28035PAGT

TMS320

TMS320F28035PAGTR ACTIVE TQFP PAG 64 1500 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28035PAGT

TMS320

TMS320F28035PNQ ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28035PNQ

TMS320

TMS320F28035PNQR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28035PNQ

TMS320

TMS320F28035PNS ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28035PNS

TMS320

TMS320F28035PNT ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 119 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28035PNT

TMS320

TMS320F28035PNTR ACTIVE LQFP PN 80 1000 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28035PNT

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS Sample: Sample:

PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 2-Feb-2022

Addendum-Page 4

Orderable Device Status

(1)

Package Type Package

Drawing Pins Package

Qty Eco Plan

(2)

Lead finish/

Ball material

(6)

MSL Peak Temp

(3)

Op Temp (°C) Device Marking

(4/5)

Samples

TMS320

TMS320F28035RSHS ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 125 F28035RSHS

S320 980

TMS320F28035RSHT ACTIVE VQFN RSH 56 260 RoHS & Green NIPDAU Level-3-260C-168 HR -40 to 105 F28035RSHT

S320 980

(1) The marketing status values are defined as follows:

ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.

LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.

NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.

PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.

OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.

(2) RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance

do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may

reference these types of products as "Pb-Free".

RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption.

Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of <=1000ppm threshold. Antimony trioxide based

flame retardants must also meet the <=1000ppm threshold requirement.

(3) MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.

(4) There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.

(5) Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation

of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.

(6) Lead finish/Ball material - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead finish/Ball material values may wrap to two

lines if the finish value exceeds the maximum column width.

Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information

provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and

continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.

TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.

In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.

I TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM

www.ti.com 2-Feb-2022

Addendum-Page 5

OTHER QUALIFIED VERSIONS OF TMS320F28030, TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032, TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033,

TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28034-Q1, TMS320F28035, TMS320F28035-Q1 :

•Catalog : TMS320F28030, TMS320F28031, TMS320F28032, TMS320F28033, TMS320F28034, TMS320F28035

•Automotive : TMS320F28030-Q1, TMS320F28031-Q1, TMS320F28032-Q1, TMS320F28033-Q1, TMS320F28034-Q1, TMS320F28035-Q1

•Enhanced Product : TMS320F28035-EP, TMS320F28035-EP

NOTE: Qualified Version Definitions:

•Catalog - TI's standard catalog product

•Automotive - Q100 devices qualified for high-reliability automotive applications targeting zero defects

•Enhanced Product - Supports Defense, Aerospace and Medical Applications

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS REEL DIMENSIONS TAPE DIMENSIONS 7 “K0 '«Pi» Reel Diame|er AD Dimension designed to accommodate the componeni width ED Dimension deSigned to eccemmodaie me componeni iengm KO Dlmenslun designed to accommodate the eomponeni thickness 7 w Overeii Widlh loe earner cape i p1 Piich between successive cawiy ceniers f T Reel Width (W1) QUADRANT ASSIGNMENTS FOR PIN 1 ORIENTATION IN TAPE O O O D O O D D SprockeiHules ,,,,,,,,,,, ‘ User Direcllon 0' Feed Pockel Quadrams

TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION

*All dimensions are nominal

Device Package

Type Package

Drawing Pins SPQ Reel

Diameter

(mm)

Reel

Width

W1 (mm)

(mm) B0

(mm) K0

(mm) P1

(mm) W

(mm) Pin1

Quadrant

TMS320F28032PNTR LQFP PN 80 1000 330.0 24.4 16.0 16.0 2.0 24.0 24.0 Q2

TMS320F28034PAGQR TQFP PAG 64 1500 330.0 24.4 13.0 13.0 1.5 16.0 24.0 Q2

TMS320F28035PNQR LQFP PN 80 1000 330.0 24.4 16.0 16.0 2.0 24.0 24.0 Q2

PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 28-Jan-2022

Pack Materials-Page 1

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS TAPE AND REEL BOX DIMENSIONS

*All dimensions are nominal

Device Package Type Package Drawing Pins SPQ Length (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm)

TMS320F28032PNTR LQFP PN 80 1000 367.0 367.0 55.0

TMS320F28034PAGQR TQFP PAG 64 1500 367.0 367.0 55.0

TMS320F28035PNQR LQFP PN 80 1000 367.0 367.0 55.0

PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 28-Jan-2022

Pack Materials-Page 2

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS L - Outer tray length without tabs J: K0 - Outer tray height +++++++++++++++ +++++++++++++++ +++++++++++++++ am, +++++++++++++++ rm. +++++++++++++++ i+++++trgr+++++++ | P1 - Tray unit pocket pitch CW - Measurement tor tray edge (Y direction) to comer pocket center — CL - Measurement for tray edge (X direction) to corner pocket center

TRAY

Chamfer on Tray corner indicates Pin 1 orientation of packed units.

*All dimensions are nominal

Device Package

Name Package

Type Pins SPQ Unit array

matrix Max

temperature

(°C)

L (mm) W

(mm) K0

(µm) P1

(mm) CL

(mm) CW

(mm)

TMS320F28030PAGQ PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28030PAGS PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28030PAGT PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28030PNQ PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28030PNS PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28030PNT PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28030RSHT RSH VQFN 56 260 26 x 10 150 315 135.9 7620 11.8 10 10.35

TMS320F28031PAGQ PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28031PAGS PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28031PAGT PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28031PNQ PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28031PNT PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28031RSHS RSH VQFN 56 260 26 x 10 150 315 135.9 7620 11.8 10 10.35

TMS320F28032PAGQ PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28032PAGS PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28032PAGT PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28032PNQ PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 28-Jan-2022

Pack Materials-Page 3

l TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

Device Package

Name Package

Type Pins SPQ Unit array

matrix Max

temperature

(°C)

L (mm) W

(mm) K0

(µm) P1

(mm) CL

(mm) CW

(mm)

TMS320F28032PNS PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28032PNT PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28032RSHT RSH VQFN 56 260 26 x 10 150 315 135.9 7620 11.8 10 10.35

TMS320F28033P1PAGS PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28033PAGQ PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28033PAGS PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28033PAGT PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28033PNQ PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28033PNT PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28033RSHS RSH VQFN 56 260 26 x 10 150 315 135.9 7620 11.8 10 10.35

TMS320F28033RSHT RSH VQFN 56 260 26 x 10 150 315 135.9 7620 11.8 10 10.35

TMS320F28034PAGQ PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28034PAGS PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28034PAGT PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28034PNQ PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28034PNS PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28034PNT PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28034RSHT RSH VQFN 56 260 26 x 10 150 315 135.9 7620 11.8 10 10.35

TMS320F28035PAGQ PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28035PAGS PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28035PAGT PAG TQFP 64 160 8 x 20 150 315 135.9 7620 15.2 13.1 13

TMS320F28035PNQ PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28035PNS PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28035PNT PN LQFP 80 119 7 X 17 150 315 135.9 7620 17.9 14.3 13.95

TMS320F28035RSHS RSH VQFN 56 260 26 x 10 150 315 135.9 7620 11.8 10 10.35

TMS320F28035RSHT RSH VQFN 56 260 26 x 10 150 315 135.9 7620 11.8 10 10.35

PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION

www.ti.com 28-Jan-2022

Pack Materials-Page 4

{5‘ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS POST OFFICE BOX 655303 - DAL

MECHANICAL DATA

MTQF006A – JANUARY 1995 – REVISED DECEMBER 1996

POST OFFICE BOX 655303 • DALLAS, TEXAS 75265

PAG (S-PQFP-G64) PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK

0,13 NOM

0,25

0,45

0,75

Seating Plane

0,05 MIN

4040282/C 11/96

Gage Plane

0,17

0,27

7,50 TYP

9,80

1,05

0,95

11,80

12,20

1,20 MAX

10,20 SQ

0,08

0,50 M

0,08

0°–7°

NOTES: A. All linear dimensions are in millimeters.

B. This drawing is subject to change without notice.

C. Falls within JEDEC MS-026

LAND PATTERN DATA 3‘ ASTC QUAD F A PACK Excmn‘e Board Lnycu‘ :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l :l Fxc'nﬂe Samar V034 Openmg (See Nme F) anrvp‘e 3nd Genmehy Stem: Opemrqs Based (m u steucﬂ karess of mm (.005inch) \OTES om). AH hneor mmensxons c'e ‘w m'ﬂhme‘ers m drawmg s sauce: to chmgc Won mm Lusev L’Jtt'vg csevlu'es mm t'upezudu‘ wuHs on! (:50 vuuvcm' canted thew“ :uard cssemby swte =ar 5m: desqu recommendununs mm mm soder pcste Refer m PC4575 m 0015' 5mm reco'wne'vd cm'vevs MH oHev better paste ve‘euse Custumers shank! mﬂe stewed design :usec an a 5072 v0 umekric ns Customers Swumd canted thew board fubr :chon 5K5 for So‘ce' mask ‘c‘emnnes be‘ween UN: around signc pods will TEXAS INSTRUMENTS www.li.com

GENERIC PACKAGE VIEW RSH 56 VQFN - 1 mm max heigm PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACKV N0 LEAD Images above are jusl a represenlalion of the package family, aclual package may vary Refel lo the product dala sheel for package details. 420751 S/D I TEXAS INSTRI IMFNTS

D 1 4x UUUUUUUUUUUUU ] JUUUUUUMUUUUUL \ ‘ ‘ 7,7,7+7,7,7 ‘ \ \ nnnnnnnhnnnnn ”’nnnnnnmnnnnnnm (m; A69 35) 5@

www.ti.com

PACKAGE OUTLINE

56X 0.6

0.4

1 MAX

0.05

0.00

5.3 0.1

56X 0.25

0.15

52X 0.4

5.2

7.15

6.85

B7.15

6.85

(0.2)

4218794/A 07/2013

VQFN - 1 mm max heightRSH0056D

VQFN

PIN 1 INDEX AREA

SEATING PLANE

14 29

15 28

56 43

(OPTIONAL)

PIN 1 ID

NOTES:

1. All linear dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions in parenthesis are for reference only. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.

2. This drawing is subject to change without notice.

3. The package thermal pad must be soldered to the printed circuit board for thermal and mechanical performance.

0.1 C A B

0.05 C

SCALE 2.000

ﬂ, hi T2,; , , J , s W W 7 F4 wagggggaii , , m 7 6? w ‘m\,\‘ﬂU\, % o k. a M g vi‘Wiﬁv‘ 9 \M‘ é \aTw‘ a w W % w o o 4. o w w % s , N o o o % r X W}, 7m 6 mﬁﬁgwmggm /

www.ti.com

EXAMPLE BOARD LAYOUT

(5.3)

0.05 MIN

ALL AROUND

0.05 MAX

ALL AROUND

56X (0.7)

56X (0.2)

(6.7)

() TYP

VIA

0.2

52X (0.4)

(1.28) TYP

(1.28)

TYP

(1.12)

6X (1.12)

4218794/A 07/2013

VQFN - 1 mm max heightRSH0056D

VQFN

SYMM

SEE DETAILS

15 28

SYMM

LAND PATTERN EXAMPLE

SCALE:10X

NOTES: (continued)

4. This package is designed to be soldered to a thermal pad on the board. For more information, refer to QFN/SON PCB application note

in literature No. SLUA271 (www.ti.com/lit/slua271).

SOLDERMASK

OPENING

METAL

SOLDERMASK

DEFINED

METAL

SOLDERMASK

OPENING

SOLDERMASK DETAILS

NON SOLDERMASK

DEFINED

(PREFERRED)

mggﬁémgii, :WIJC‘C ( W % WW. , W R % H w a m» L % , H , w ,7 Egg??? “““

www.ti.com

EXAMPLE STENCIL DESIGN

(6.7)

56X (0.7)

56X (0.2)

16X (1.08)

(6.7)

52X (0.4) (1.28)

TYP

(1.28) TYP

4218794/A 07/2013

VQFN - 1 mm max heightRSH0056D

VQFN

NOTES: (continued)

5. Laser cutting apertures with trapezoidal walls and rounded corners may offer better paste release. IPC-7525 may have alternate

design recommendations.

SYMM

TYP

METAL

SOLDERPASTE EXAMPLE

BASED ON 0.1mm THICK STENCIL

EXPOSED PAD

67% PRINTED SOLDER COVERAGE BY AREA

SCALE:12X

SYMM

15 28

F T“ 1 20 L7 9.50 TVP 44 12,20 11,30 5° 14,20 13,30 5° 7 E I 35 I J L 1,60 MAX {5‘ TEXAS INSTRUMENTS POST omca BOX 055303 - DALLAS T

MECHANICAL DATA

MTQF010A – JANUARY 1995 – REVISED DECEMBER 1996

POST OFFICE BOX 655303 • DALLAS, TEXAS 75265

PN (S-PQFP-G80) PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK

4040135 /B 11/96

0,17

0,27

0,13 NOM

0,25

0,45

0,75

0,05 MIN

Seating Plane

Gage Plane

13,80

14,20

12,20

9,50 TYP

11,80

1,45

1,35

1,60 MAX 0,08

0,50 M

0,08

0°–7°

NOTES: A. All linear dimensions are in millimeters.

B. This drawing is subject to change without notice.

C. Falls within JEDEC MS-026

IMPORTANT NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER

TI PROVIDES TECHNICAL AND RELIABILITY DATA (INCLUDING DATA SHEETS), DESIGN RESOURCES (INCLUDING REFERENCE

DESIGNS), APPLICATION OR OTHER DESIGN ADVICE, WEB TOOLS, SAFETY INFORMATION, AND OTHER RESOURCES “AS IS”

AND WITH ALL FAULTS, AND DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD

PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

These resources are intended for skilled developers designing with TI products. You are solely responsible for (1) selecting the appropriate

TI products for your application, (2) designing, validating and testing your application, and (3) ensuring your application meets applicable

standards, and any other safety, security, regulatory or other requirements.

These resources are subject to change without notice. TI grants you permission to use these resources only for development of an

application that uses the TI products described in the resource. Other reproduction and display of these resources is prohibited. No license

is granted to any other TI intellectual property right or to any third party intellectual property right. TI disclaims responsibility for, and you

will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against, any claims, damages, costs, losses, and liabilities arising out of your use of these

resources.

TI’s products are provided subject to TI’s Terms of Sale or other applicable terms available either on ti.com or provided in conjunction with

such TI products. TI’s provision of these resources does not expand or otherwise alter TI’s applicable warranties or warranty disclaimers for

TI products.

TI objects to and rejects any additional or different terms you may have proposed. IMPORTANT NOTICE

Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265

Datenblatt für TMS320F28030-35 von Texas Instruments

INFORMATION

HILFE

KONTAKT

FOLGEN SIE UNS